ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    May 4, 2006
     
    IN THE MATTER OF:
     
    CLEAN-UP PART III AMENDMENTS TO
    35 ILL. ADM. CODE PARTS 211, 218, AND
    219
    )
    )
    )
    )
    )
     
     
    R04-20
    (Rulemaking - Air)
    ______________________________________
     
    IN THE MATTER OF:
     
    TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO
    FORMULAS IN 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 214
    “SULFUR LIMITATIONS”
     
     
    )
    )
    )
    )
    )
     
     
          
     
    R04-12
    (Rulemaking - Air)
    (Consolidated)
     
    Adopted Rule. Final Order.
     
    OPINION AND ORDER OF THE BOARD (by A.S. Moore):
     
    In these consolidated rulemakings docketed as R04-20 and R04-12, the Board today
    adopts final rule amendments designed to clarify, correct, streamline, and update the Board’s air
    pollution control rules. The amendments appear in Parts 211, 214, 218, and 219 of Title 35 of
    the Illinois Administrative Code. On April 11, 2006, the Joint Committee on Administrative
    Rules (JCAR) issued certifications of no objection concerning the amendments proposed by the
    Board at second notice. The Board will now file the adopted amendments with the Secretary of
    State for publication in the
    Illinois Register
    as final rules.
     
    The Board previously consolidated these two rulemakings for hearing. The Board has
    used docket R04-20 to address the rulemaking proposal filed by the Illinois Environmental
    Protection Agency (IEPA). IEPA proposed amending the Board’s rules at 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    Part 211 (definitions and general provisions), Part 218 (organic material emission standards and
    limitations for the Chicago area), and Part 219 (organic material emission standards and
    limitations for the Metro East area). Among other things, the adopted amendments in R04-20
    allow additional methods for measuring the volatile organic material (VOM) “capture
    efficiency” of various emission control equipment. These changes are designed to increase
    regulatory flexibility, consistent with United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)
    requirements.
     
    Docket R04-12 has been dedicated to the Board-initiated rulemaking proposal to amend
    rules at 35 Ill. Adm. Code Part 214 (sulfur limitations). These changes correct typographical
    errors in formulas that appear to have occurred during re-codification of the Illinois
    Administrative Code.
     
    In this opinion, the Board first provides the procedural history of the consolidated
    rulemaking. Next, the Board discusses the rule amendments adopted today and some of the

     
    2
    issued raised by participants and resolved by the Board. The order following this opinion sets
    forth the Board’s adopted amendments to Parts 211, 214, 218, and 219 of the Board’s air
    pollution control rules.
     
    PROCEDURAL HISTORY
     
    On January 6, 2004, the Board received the proposal from IEPA to amend the Board’s air
    pollution rules at 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211, 218, and 219. In a January 22, 2004 order, the Board
    opened docket R04-20 for, and accepted for hearing, the IEPA proposal. In the same order, the
    Board opened docket R04-12 for its proposed amendments to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 214, and
    consolidated for hearing the IEPA proposal (R04-20) with the Board-initiated proposal (R04-12).
     
    The Board held two public hearings in this consolidated rulemaking. The first took place
    in Chicago on March 18, 2004. One person testified at the first hearing: Gary Beckstead,
    Environmental Protection Engineer in the Air Quality Planning Section of IEPA’s Bureau of Air.
    The second hearing took place in Springfield on May 6, 2004. The following persons testified at
    the second hearing: Beckstead of IEPA; and David Bloomberg, Environmental Protection
    Engineer in the Ozone Regulatory Unit of the Air Quality Planning Section of IEPA’s Division
    of Air Pollution Control. Also participating at hearing were attorneys Charles Matoesian on
    behalf of IEPA and LaDonna Driver of Hodge, Dwyer, and Zeman on behalf of the Illinois
    Environmental Regulatory Group (IERG).
     
    The transcripts of the Chicago and Springfield hearings were received by the Board on
    April 20 and May 17, 2004, respectively, and promptly placed in the Clerk’s Office On Line
    (COOL) on the Board’s Web site at www.ipcb.state.il.us.
    1
    Many other documents from this
    rulemaking are available through COOL, including Board opinions and orders, hearing officer
    orders, and public comments.
     
    As required by Section 27(b) of the Act (415 ILCS 5/27(b) (2004)), the Board made the
    Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity’s (DCEO) decision not to conduct an
    economic impact study (EcIS) available to the public at least 20 days before the second hearing.
    In letters of April 17, 2003 and April 2, 2004, DCEO declined to perform an EcIS, noting its
    limited financial resources. No one testified about either of DCEO’s letters. Tr.2 at 40-41.
     
    The Board hearing officer entered two exhibits into the record at hearing. Hearing
    exhibit 1, which was entered on the hearing officer’s motion, is a group exhibit consisting of five
    Board orders that bear upon proposed amendments to equations in the rules: (1) May 25, 1978,
    in R75-5, R74-2; (2) December 14, 1978, in R75-5, R74-2; (3) February 15, 1979, in R75-5,
    R74-2; (4) February 24, 1983, in R80-22; and (5) April 20, 1995, R94-31. Hearing exhibit 2 was
    offered by IEPA and consists of an “
    Errata
    Sheet” that shows proposed changes to the rule
    language originally set forth in IEPA’s R04-20 proposal.
    2
       
    1
    The Chicago hearing transcript is cited as “Tr.1 at _.” The Springfield hearing transcript is
    cited as “Tr.2 at _.”
      
    2
    The Board cites hearing exhibits as “Exh. _ at _.”

     
    3
     
    IEPA filed a public comment on June 18, 2004 (PC 1), as did IERG (PC 2). On
    July 30, 2004, Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.) filed a public comment (PC 3). The Board
    adopted its first notice opinion and order on April 21, 2005. On May 27, 2005, the
    Illinois
    Register
    published first-notice of the Board’s proposed rule amendments (29 Ill. Reg. 7418 (Part
    211), 7435 (Part 214), 7449 (Part 218), 7563 (Part 219) (May 27, 2005)). This began a 45-day
    period, concluding on July 11, 2005, during which any interested person could file with the
    Board a public comment on the proposed amendments. The Board received five additional
    public comments after first-notice publication. On June 30, 2005, the Printing Industry of
    Illinois/Indiana Association (PII) filed a public comment (PC 4). On June 28, 2005, the
    Specialty Graphic Imaging Association (SGIA) filed a public comment (PC 5). On July 7, 2005,
    Smurfit-Stone Container Enterprises, Inc. (Smurfit-Stone), successor by merger to Jefferson
    Smurfit Corporation (U.S.), filed a public comment (PC 6). On July 11, 2005, IEPA filed a
    public comment (PC 7). On July 11, 2005, IERG filed a public comment (PC 8).
     
    On March 2, 2006, the Board adopted its opinion and order for second notice. On
    April 11, 2006, JCAR issued certifications of no objection concerning the second-notice rule
    amendments to Parts 211, 214, 218, and 219. At JCAR’s request, the Board today makes only
    minor changes to the second-notice rules.
     
    DISCUSSION
     
    In this part of the opinion, the Board first provides background on the nature of the
    amendments being made in R04-20 and the regulatory framework within which they fit. The
    Board then discusses and analyzes some of the issues raised by participants in R04-20 and how
    the Board resolved those issues. Lastly, the Board addresses R04-12.
     
    Background
     
    In R04-20, the Board is amending its air pollution rules at 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211, 218,
    and 219. The amendments are designed to update, clarify, and correct provisions of the air rules,
    as well as ease regulatory burdens without allowing for increased emissions.
    3
    St. of Reas. at 1-2,
    6-7. The rules focus on VOM emissions in the Chicago ozone nonattainment area and Metro-
    East St. Louis ozone area, as designated under the federal Clean Air Act, and as described in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 218.103 and 219.103, respectively.
    Id
    . at 2, 6.
     
    The federal Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7511a(b)(1)) required all moderate, serious, severe,
    and extreme ozone nonattainment areas to reduce VOM emissions 15% by 1996. St. of Reas. at
    1. In Illinois, the Chicago area is classified as a severe nonattainment area and, until recently,
     
    3
    The Board cites the “Statement of Reasons” within IEPA’s January 6, 2004 rulemaking
    proposal as “St. of Reas. at _.”
      

     
    4
    the Metro-East St. Louis area was classified as a moderate ozone nonattainment area.
    4
      
    Accordingly, Illinois had to develop a plan to reduce VOM emissions in the Chicago and Metro-
    East areas.
    Id
    . In turn, Illinois, through Board rulemaking, adopted a 15% Rate of Progress
    (ROP) plan. Many of the provisions being amended in R04-20 were adopted as part of the 15%
    ROP plan.
    Id
    . at 1-2. The amendments are not expected to impact the overall air quality plans or
    goals of the Chicago nonattainment area or Metro-East ozone area.
    Id
    . at 2.
     
    The R04-20 amendments are intended to:
     
    Update the test methods for capture efficiency;
     
    Clarify the term “carbon adsorber”;
     
    Clarify requirements for screen printers;
     
    Clarify categories of sealers and topcoats;
     
    Clarify provisions on monitoring, applicability, equations, recordkeeping, and reporting
    for lithographic printing operations;
     
    Clarify that sources may turn off their natural gas fired afterburners outside the ozone
    season;
     
    Delete the requirements applicable to perchloroethylene dry cleaning facilities;
     
    Delete the requirement that auto finishing shops annually re-register with IEPA;
     
    Delete the coating purchasing recordkeeping requirements; and
     
    Correct miscellaneous grammatical and typographical errors. St. of Reas. at 2.
     
     
    Capture Efficiency (CE) Protocols
     
    The Board will give background on capture efficiency (CE) before turning to the some of
    the issues raised by rulemaking participants concerning the CE protocols: CE protocols in
    enforcement cases; whether additional testing is required when establishing emission credits;
    whether the “Lower Confidence Limit” (LCL) protocol can be used to establish emission credits
    for trading; and the role of the LCL protocol and “Data Quality Objective” (DQO) protocol as
    “alternatives” to the “standard” enclosure protocols.
    4
    USEPA has revoked the 1-hour ozone national ambient air quality standard (NAAQS),
    effective June 15, 2005, which will result in the Chicago area being re-classified as a “moderate”
    nonattainment area, based on the new 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
    See
    Amendments to 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 205, Emissions Reduction Market System, and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211, R05-11
    (June 2, 2005).
       

     
    5
     
    Background on CE Protocols
     
    CE test methods are required by the federal Clean Air Act and included in the Chicago
    Federal Implementation Plan. Measuring CE is critical to determining the effectiveness of
    volatile organic compound (VOC) emission control systems.
    5
    St. of Reas. at 3.
     
    On January 9, 1995, USEPA issued a guidance document entitled
    Guidelines for
    Determining Capture Efficiency
    (1995 Guidelines), which revised the existing USEPA approved
    “gas/gas” and “liquid/gas” CE test methods and introduced two new alternative CE test
    protocols. St. of Reas. at 3. The next month, in February 1995, John S. Seitz, Director, Office of
    Air Quality Control and Standards, USEPA, issued a memorandum entitled
    Revised Capture
    Efficiency Guidance for Control of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions
    (Seitz Memo) (
    id
    .),
    which transmitted the 1995 Guidelines to various USEPA regional directors (Seitz Memo at 1).
    On June 16, 1997, USEPA published a final rule in the
    Federal Register
    to update the CE test
    methods located in USEPA regulations at 40 C.F.R. 51, Appendix M (62 Fed. Reg. 32500
    (June 16, 1997)). St. of Reas. at 3.
     
    The four existing CE protocols, the so-called “standard” protocols, each require an
    enclosure of the VOM-emitting unit pursuant to USEPA’s Method 204, Appendix M, 40 C.F.R.
    51. The two new “alternative” CE protocols do not. Tr.2 at 11, 27-28. Instead, the two new CE
    protocols are statistical “mass balance” approaches to determining CE and, as noted, are called
    the “Data Quality Objective” (DQO) and the “Lower Confidence Limit” (LCL):
     
    USEPA developed the two alternative methods in order to provide additional
    regulatory flexibility and reduce compliance costs. *** These methods define
    sets of approval criteria which, when met by the data obtained from the
    measurement of applicable process parameters using USEPA approved
    procedures and protocols, may be used to determine VOC capture system
    compliance with a regulatory CE standard. St. of Reas. at 3.
     
    Satisfying the DQO yields a result accurate to a 95% confidence level, and satisfying the
    LCL yields a result accurate to a 90% confidence level. PC 1 at 4, 5; Tr.1 at 10. The Seitz
    Memo generally described the DQO and LCL methods:
     
    [T]hese alternatives offer additional flexibility in that they do not require specific
    testing procedures for measuring process parameters and for liquid and gas
    analyses; but only specify a limited set of guidelines on the data quality. The
    DQO and LCL methods are sets of approval criteria which, when met by the data
    obtained with any given protocol of process parameter measurement procedures,
    5
    USEPA uses the term “volatile organic compounds” or “VOCs.” Board rules use the term
    “volatile organic material” or “VOM.” Both designations refer to the same matter and can be
    used interchangeably for purposes of this opinion.
     

     
    6
    may be used to determine VOC capture system compliance with a CE standard.
    Seitz Memo at 3.
     
    The R04-20 amendments to Parts 218 and 219 add the option for sources to use the DQO
    and LCL. St. of Reas. at 3 (
    see
    Sections 218.105(c), 219.105(c), 218.112, and 219.112). Part
    218 applies to VOM emissions from stationary sources in the Chicago ozone nonattainment area,
    while Part 219 applies to VOM emissions from stationary sources in the Metro-East ozone area.
    Parts 218 and 219 are nearly identical, as are the amendments to the respective Parts.
    Accordingly, when the Board refers in this opinion to a provision of Part 218, it is also referring
    to that provision in Part 219, and
    vice versa
    .
     
    Subsections (c)(1) of Sections 218.105 and 219.105 state that the requirements of the
    respective subsections (c)(2) (
    i.e.
    , the CE protocols) apply to all VOM-emitting process emission
    units employing capture equipment (
    e.g.
    , hoods, ducts), except in a few cases, such as when an
    emission unit is equipped with or uses a permanent total enclosure (PTE) that directs all VOM to
    a control device.
    See
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 218.105(c)(1)(A), 219.105(c)(1)(A). Other than these
    exceptions, the CE of an emission unit must be measured using one of the CE protocols in
    subsection (c)(2). Before these amendments, subsection (c)(2) provided the four enclosure CE
    protocols (in subsections (c)(2)(A), (B), (C), and (D)): (1) gas/gas method using a temporary
    total enclosure (TTE); (2) liquid/gas method using TTE; (3) gas/gas method using the building or
    room enclosure in which the affected emission unit is located; and (4) liquid/gas method or room
    enclosure in which the affected emission unit is located. The DQO and LCL protocols,
    sometimes referred to as the “DQO/LCL protocol,” appear in new subsection (c)(2)(E) of
    Sections 218.105 and 219.105.
     
    CE Protocols in Enforcement Cases
     
    The participants in this rulemaking agreed that the LCL protocol alone cannot prove a
    violation because the LCL will tend to understate the actual CE. Because the actual CE is
    therefore likely to be greater than the LCL, a calculated LCL above the applicable CE standard
    demonstrates compliance. However, because the LCL is the “floor” for CE, a calculated LCL
    below the required CE does not demonstrate non-compliance.
     
    As the Board discussed in its first-notice opinion, IERG and Jefferson Smurfit
    Corporation (U.S.) expressed concern that IEPA’s proposal suggested an improper shift of the
    “burden of proof” to the respondent source in an enforcement case. PC 2 at 3-4; PC 3 at 5. The
    Board agreed, finding that IEPA’s language indicated that a respondent would have the burden to
    prove it is in compliance. In an enforcement action, however, it is the
    complainant
    that has the
    burden of proving the respondent is
    not
    in compliance.
    See
    415 ILCS 5/31(e) (2004).
     
    In response, IEPA agreed that the burden of proof in enforcement cases is on the
    complainant. PC 7 at 5-6. However, IEPA states that if a source uses LCL and determines that
    its CE appears to be below the CE standard, the “burden the source has is providing the Agency
    with a solid number” using one of the other protocols.
    Id
    . at 6. IEPA emphasized that Section
    201.282(a) (35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.282(a)) gives IEPA the ability to “require the owner or

     
    7
    operator of the emission source or air pollution control equipment to conduct such tests in
    accordance with procedures adopted by the Agency.”
    Id
    . at 7.
     
    IEPA explained that when the LCL is below the allowable CE limit, IEPA does not know
    whether a source is out of compliance:
     
    [A]n LCL estimated CE value of 68% only means that the CE is at least 68%, but
    it may be 69% or 70%, or greater. If the standard of CE is 70% in a particular
    situation, the Agency doesn’t know if a source with an LCL estimated CE value
    of 68% is out of compliance or not. Further testing would be needed. PC 7 at 6.
     
    IERG agreed that the DQO and the “standard” protocols (Section 218.105(c)(2)(A)-(D)) could
    be used to prove a violation. PC 8 at 3.
     
    Indeed, the Board at first notice stated:
     
    [I]f one of the CE protocols, say subsection (c)(2)(E), cannot be met, another
    protocol,
    i.e.
    , (A), (B), (C), or (D), must be satisfied absent approval of an
    alternative under Section 218.108(b).
     
    The Board recognized at second notice that the LCL will be the first protocol codified that,
    alone, cannot prove a CE violation. The Board added:
     
    However, if a source uses the LCL and the LCL does not demonstrate CE
    compliance, IEPA in administering the air programs plainly can still require the
    source to demonstrate compliance with CE requirements using another protocol.
    If a source fails to do so, it would be subject to enforcement. Moreover, it is both
    self-evident and uncontested in this rulemaking that the CE protocols other than
    LCL can prove a violation of CE requirements.
     
    To address the issue, the Board at second notice proposed the following addition (double-
    underlined) to the new Section 218.105(c)(2)(E):
     
    In enforcement cases, the LCL protocol cannot confirm non-
    compliance; capture efficiency must be determined using a
    protocol under subsection (c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of this Section,
    the DQO protocol of this subsection (c)(2)(E), or an alternative
    protocol pursuant to Section 218.108(b) of this Part.
     
    The Board adopts this language today as a final rule.
     
    Emission Credits and Additional Testing
       
     
    IERG expressed concern during the rulemaking that satisfying the DQO under IEPA’s
    proposal would necessarily require
    additional
     
    physical
    testing to establish emission credits for
    offsets, shutdowns, and trading. For example, IERG was concerned that more testing would be

     
    8
    required when an emission unit is being shut down even though the unit, when originally
    permitted, established CE by testing. PC 3 at 3-4; Tr.2 at 29-31.
     
    IERG and IEPA responded to the Board’s first-notice request for more comment on the
    issue of when additional
     
    testing is required for establishing emission credits. IERG stated that its
    position, based on discussions with IEPA, is as follows:
     
    where a source had originally performed testing at an emission unit using
    standard methods, and then later seeks emission credits for that emission unit,
    no additional testing will be required by this rulemaking to establish credits
    for that emission unit;
     
    where a source had originally performed testing at an emission unit using the
    DQO, and then later seeks emission credits for that emission unit, no
    additional testing will be required by this rulemaking to establish credits for
    that emission unit;
     
    where a source has not been required to perform testing at an emission unit,
    and then later seeks emission credits for that emission unit, no additional
    testing will be required by this rulemaking to establish credits for that
    emission unit;
     
    where a source had originally performed testing at an emission unit, has relied
    upon the LCL, and then later seeks emission credits for that emission unit,
    additional testing will be required for that emission unit. PC 8 at 2-3, 8.
     
    IERG supported the Board’s rule language, as proposed at first notice, concluding that testing to
    establish emission credits would be required only when the source had previously conducted
    testing that relied upon the LCL. PC 8 at 3.
     
    IEPA also supported the limitations on using LCL that the Board proposed at first notice.
    PC 7 at 11. The relevant sentence within Section 218.105(c)(2)(E) at first notice, which remains
    unchanged, reads:
     
    Where capture efficiency testing is done to determine emission reductions for the
    purpose of establishing emission credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, the
    LCL protocol cannot be used for these applications.
     
    IEPA reiterated that this restriction is necessary because the LCL would overestimate the unit’s
    emissions and provide too many credits to a source. PC 7 at 12.
     
    IEPA interpreted the rule language “Where capture efficiency testing is done . . .” to
    mean any past CE testing, not just CE testing specifically for the shutdown. PC 7 at 11-12. In
    this way, IEPA pointed out, if a source tested at one point and then later decided to shut down,
    the source would not be required to do another test simply to determine emission credits, as long
    as the testing had not relied on the LCL.
    Id
    . at 13. Additionally, according to IEPA, the source

     
    9
    would not have to do further testing if it did not wish to take emission credits from its shutdown.
    Id
    . at 12.
     
    To further clarify the issue of CE testing and emission credits, the Board at second notice,
    as requested by IEPA and IERG, added a Board note after Section 218.105(c)(2)(E). The Board
    note appears in the final rules as follows, reflecting minor grammatical and capitalization
    changes at JCAR’s request:
     
    BOARD NOTE: Where LCL was used in testing emission units that are
    the subject of later requests for establishing emission credits for offsets,
    shutdowns, and trading, prior LCL results may not be relied upon to
    determine the appropriate amount of credits. Instead, to establish the
    appropriate amount of credits, additional testing may be required that
    would satisfy the protocol of Section 218.105(c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D),
    the DQO protocol of Section 218.105(c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol
    pursuant to Section 218.108(b) of this Part.
     
    Emission Credits and Trading
     
    As just discussed, the Board is adopting the following language for Section
    218.105(c)(2)(E), closely tracking the Seitz Memo:
     
    Where capture efficiency testing is done to determine emission reductions for the
    purpose of establishing emission credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, the
    LCL protocol cannot be used for these applications.
     
    Regarding this language, the Board directed IEPA at first notice to specifically address the
    contention of Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.) that the LCL could be used to calculate actual
    seasonal emissions, just not the baseline for the VOM Emission Reduction Market System
    (ERMS) (35 Ill. Adm. Code 205).
     
    Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.) had argued that the:
     
    baseline emissions for determining emission credits should not be based on the
    LCL since this would overstate the baseline emissions and therefore give the
    facility emission credits above what it should obtain. *** However, once the
    baseline has been established, there is no reason why the facility should not be
    able to use the LCL capture efficiency to determine its actual ERMS seasonal
    emissions, especially since use of the LCL capture efficiency will overstate the
    VOM emissions that must be accounted for. Smurfit PC at 5.
     
    Accordingly, Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.) took the position that “establishing emission
    credits for . . . trading” refers only to baseline calculations. Smurfit-Stone continues to interpret
    the first-notice language, taken from the Seitz Memo, as precluding the use of LCL for
    establishing an emission baseline, but allowing the use of LCL to calculate actual seasonal
    emissions. PC 6 at 3.

     
    10
     
    IEPA commented that the problem with Smurfit-Stone’s position is the word “actual.”
    PC 7 at 13. The relevant ERMS rule (35 Ill. Adm. Code 205.300(b)(1)) requires that sources
    must submit “[a]ctual seasonal emissions of VOM from the source.”
    Id
    . at 13-14. According to
    IEPA, because the LCL underestimates CE and overestimates emissions, the LCL does not result
    in the “actual seasonal emissions.”
    Id
    . at 13. IEPA stated that the integrity of the ERMS trading
    program is based on using actual seasonal emissions. IEPA concluded that if “sources
    overestimate their emissions, the integrity of the program could be jeopardized.”
    Id
    . at 14.
     
    At second notice, the Board concurred with IEPA’s interpretation. The Board also noted
    that none of the participants had requested that the Board add any rule language concerning the
    ERMS baseline/seasonal emission issue, and the Board found no reason to do so at that time.
     
    DQO/LCL as an “Alternative”
     
    IEPA expressed concern during this rulemaking about the Board’s “concurrence with
    Smurfit that DQO/LCL should be on an ‘equal footing’ with the standard (enclosure) protocols.”
    PC 7 at 2. The “standard” protocols in Sections 218.105(c) and 219.105(c) use permanent total
    enclosure (PTE), temporary total enclosure (TTE), and building or room enclosures (BE). The
    DQO/LCL, IEPA emphasized, is a statistical analysis that measures CE without an enclosure.
    Id
    . at 4. IEPA maintained that “[t]his comparison is not of equals.”
    Id
    . at 2.
     
    IEPA quoted USEPA’s 1995 Guidelines: “The [US]EPA continues to recommend the
    use of a PTE, TTE, or BE for determining CE.” PC 7 at 3. IEPA pointed out that the DQO/LCL
    is not included among USEPA’s
    recommended
    test methods, though USEPA guidance states that
    the DQO/LCL could be used as an alternative.
    Id
    . at 3. IEPA cautioned that the DQO and LCL
    are relatively new methods and have not yet been used frequently nationwide.
    Id
    . at 16. IEPA
    reiterated that the purpose of including the DQO/LCL is to provide flexibility as a courtesy to the
    regulated community, and that the Seitz Memo also cites reduced costs.
    Id
    . at 2-3.
     
    At second notice, the Board recognized IEPA’s numerous points about the advantages of
    the enclosure protocols versus the DQO/LCL protocol. The Board noted, however, that the
    Board never stated that DQO/LCL is preferred to or more accurate than the enclosure protocols.
    The Board said at first notice:
     
    The Board agrees with Smurfit’s sentiment that the DQO/LCL should be on
    “equal footing” with the standard (enclosure) protocols,
    i.e.
    , that DQO/LCL
    should be available without the source having to first demonstrate that all standard
    protocols are “unsuitable.”
    * * *
    The Board agrees with Smurfit that these “alternative” protocols (DQO and LCL),
    now adopted by USEPA, should be on the same footing as the existing “standard”
    protocols, with the noted exceptions limiting the use of the LCL. To refer to
    DQO/LCL as an “alternative,” as IEPA proposes, even though the protocol will
    be codified and not require case-by-case approval for use, risks confusing it with
    this subsection (c)(2) language: “alternative capture efficiency protocol may be

     
    11
    used, pursuant to the provisions of Section 218.108(b).” The Section 218.108(b)
    process is one by which
    other
    protocols (
    i.e.
    , other than the codified enclosure and
    DQO/LCL protocols) may be proposed and approved on a case-by-case basis.
       
    The Board at second notice stood by its statements: “The fact remains that, as permitted
    by USEPA guidance, the DQO/LCL is being added to the rules and can be used to demonstrate
    CE compliance. The proposed rules clearly set forth the limits on LCL use.” In its second-
    notice opinion, the Board declined IEPA’s suggestion to call DQO/LCL an “alternative” in the
    rules, noting:
     
    IEPA appears to persist in proposing that DQO and LCL be labeled “alternatives”
    in the rules solely as a means to indicate that they lack the precision and
    “recommended” status of the enclosure protocols. PC 7 at 5. The Board finds
    this rationale for language changes unconvincing. The Seitz Memo and the 1995
    Guidelines are being incorporated by reference and speak for themselves as to
    what is recommended.
     
    Carbon Adsorbers
     
     
    IEPA stated that industry was concerned that the term “carbon” in “carbon adsorbers”
    would limit the media that could be used in adsorbers to carbon. St. of Reas. at 3. IEPA
    proposed adding a definition of “carbon adsorbers,” which is based on the federally issued
    Control Technique Guidelines (CTG) document, and which would “reflect the changing
    technology in the field of adsorbers and the media used in them, such as aluminum and silicon
    oxides.”
    Id
    .
     
    IEPA explained that other materials had recently been introduced claiming to be a more
    efficient adsorbent than carbon, though the “physical capturing of the VOM is the same basic
    process.” PC 1 at 3. IEPA reported, however, from its enforcement experience, that
    manufacturers of these new adsorbent materials maintain that “monitoring such devices pursuant
    to the requirements of Sections 218.105(d) and 219.105(d) is not required because these Sections
    refer only to ‘carbon’ adsorbers and not any other adsorber.”
    Id
    . Through its proposed
    definition, IEPA sought to “close that unforeseen loop hole” without causing any “undesired
    regulatory repercussions” that might arise from changing the term throughout Title 35.
    Id
    .
     
    At first notice, the Board recognized IERG’s concern about potential confusion resulting
    from defining the term “carbon adsorber” to include non-carbon materials. The Board stated,
    however:
     
    Not only is this term [“carbon adsorber”] commonly understood to refer to
    adsorbent technology generally, but now the term will be defined explicitly to
    include these other media.
    Compare
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 211. 4470 (definition of
    “paper coating” refers not only to coatings applied to paper, but also to plastic
    film and metallic foil). Additionally, the Board notes that the term “carbon
    adsorber” is not just used in other Subparts of Parts 218 and 219 that are not open

     
    12
    in this rulemaking, but also in other Parts of Title 35, such as Part 215, none of
    which are open in this rulemaking.
     
    In the interest of proceeding most efficiently with this rulemaking, the
    Board declines to expand IEPA’s proposal to include such a large number of
    additional regulatory provisions in an effort to amend the term “carbon adsorber.”
    The Board, however, encourages IEPA to assess whether this definitional solution
    works as intended when the rule is implemented. If it does not work, the Board
    would invite IEPA to propose an omnimbus rulemaking to replace the term
    “carbon adsorber” throughout Title 35 with a term more accurate on its face.
     
     
    With several clarifications to IEPA’s language, the Board proposed for first notice the
    following definition of “carbon adsorber” at Section 211.953:
     
    “Carbon Adsorber” means a control device designed to remove and, if desired,
    recover volatile organic material (VOM) from process emissions where removal
    of VOM is accomplished through the adherence of the VOM onto the surface of
    highly porous adsorbent particles, such as activated carbon. The term “carbon
    adsorber” describes any adsorber technology used as a control device even though
    media other than carbon may be used as the adsorbent, such as oxides of silicon
    and aluminum.
     
    IERG remained concerned that the definition of “carbon adsorber” still includes media
    besides carbon, such as oxides of silicon and aluminum. PC 8 at 4. IERG believed the stand-
    alone term “carbon adsorber” could be deceptive.
    Id
    . at 4. When reviewing monitoring
    requirements for “carbon adsorbers,” sources, IERG explained, might not be aware that the
    requirements for carbon adsorbers in Parts 218 and 219 would also extend to other types of
    adsorbers.
    Id
    . at 5.
     
    According to IERG, IEPA concedes to having had difficulties in the past with sources
    believing that non-carbon adsorber technologies are not subject to the requirements for carbon
    adsorbers. PC 8 at 5. Although the Board at first notice requested that IEPA propose an
    omnibus rulemaking to replace the term “carbon adsorber” with a more accurate one if needed,
    IERG suspects that such a rulemaking would only be triggered after sources have suffered the
    enforcement consequences.
    Id
    . at 5. Rather than defining the existing term “carbon adsorber” to
    include all media and waiting for IEPA to propose an omnibus rulemaking, IERG suggested
    limiting the “carbon adsorber” definition to activated carbon.
    Id
    .
     
    IEPA, on the other hand, concurred with the definition proposed by the Board at first
    notice. Further, IEPA offered that when processing permits, it can assist applicants with any
    questions they may have about the meaning of “carbon adsorber.” PC 7 at 16.
     
    At second notice, the Board stated that when it promulgates regulations, the Board must
    assume that the regulations will be read by those regulated: “The Board anticipates that the
    regulated community does not consist of many, if any, “casual readers” of these regulations, but
    rather of sources that would be inclined to look up the definitions of defined terms.” The Board

     
    13
    added that IERG or any other person may propose the omnibus rulemaking referred to by the
    Board. Further, the Board noted that IERG’s suggested definition would effectively exempt all
    non-carbon adsorbers from the requirements, which “runs directly counter to using this
    rulemaking to close the unforeseen compliance loophole mentioned at first notice.” The Board
    at second notice therefore declined to alter the definition of “carbon adsorber” proposed for first
    notice, which remains unchanged in these final rules.
     
    R04-12
     
    The Board in R04-12 is making technical corrections to formulas in 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    214, the air pollution rules on sulfur limitations. The errors in the formulas appear to have
    occurred when the Illinois Administrative Code was re-codified. These changes were narrowly-
    tailored to make only the described technical corrections. IEPA identified several errors in the
    first-notice language of Part 214 ( PC 7 at 18-20, items 1, 2, 5, 6, 7), which the Board corrected
    at second notice.
     
    CONCLUSION
     
    The Board adopts final amendments to the following air pollution control rules: Part 211
    (definitions and general provisions); Part 214 (sulfur limitations); Part 218 (organic material
    emission standards and limitations for the Chicago area); and Part 219 (organic material
    emission standards and limitations for the Metro East area). The amendments are needed to
    clarify, correct, streamline, and update the Board’s air pollution control rules, and are designed to
    be emissions neutral. The amendments include changes to give sources more flexibility in
    meeting VOM emission CE requirements.
     
    Based on this record, the Board finds that the amendments adopted today are technically
    feasible and economically reasonable and will not have an adverse economic impact on the
    People of Illinois.
    See
    415 ILCS 5/27(a), (b) (2004). The rule amendments in the order below
    reflect minor changes from second notice at JCAR’s request, none of which merit discussion.
    The Board directs the Clerk to submit the amendments in the order below to the Secretary of
    State for publication as final rules.
           
    ORDER
     
    The Board adopts the following amendments to Parts 211, 214, 218, and 219 of its air
    pollution control rules (35 Ill. Adm. Code 211, 214, 218, 219). The Board directs the Clerk to
    submit the amendments to the Secretary of State for publication in the
    Illinois Register
    as final
    rules.
     
    TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR
    STATIONARY SOURCES
     

     
    14
    PART 211
    DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    211.101 Incorporations by Reference
    211.102 Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
     
    SUBPART B: DEFINITIONS
    Section
    211.121 Other Definitions
    211.122 Definitions (Repealed)
    211.130 Accelacota
    211.150 Accumulator
    211.170 Acid Gases
    211.210 Actual Heat Input
    211.230 Adhesive
    211.240 Adhesion Promoter
    211.250 Aeration
    211.270 Aerosol Can Filling Line
    211.290 Afterburner
    211.310 Air Contaminant
    211.330 Air Dried Coatings
    211.350 Air Oxidation Process
    211.370 Air Pollutant
    211.390 Air Pollution
    211.410 Air Pollution Control Equipment
    211.430 Air Suspension Coater/Dryer
    211.450 Airless Spray
    211.470 Air Assisted Airless Spray
    211.474 Alcohol
    211.479 Allowance
    211.484 Animal
    211.485 Animal Pathological Waste
    211.490 Annual Grain Through-Put
    211.495 Anti-Glare/Safety Coating
    211.510 Application Area
    211.530 Architectural Coating
    211.550 As Applied
    211.560 As-Applied Fountain Solution
    211.570 Asphalt
    211.590 Asphalt Prime Coat
    211.610 Automobile
    211.630 Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Assembly Source or Automobile or Light-Duty
    Truck Manufacturing Plant
    211.650 Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Refinishing

     
    15
    211.660 Automotive/Transportation Plastic Parts
    211.670 Baked Coatings
    211.680 Bakery Oven
    211.685 Basecoat/Clearcoat System
    211.690 Batch Loading
    211.695 Batch Operation
    211.696 Batch Process Train
    211.710 Bead-Dipping
    211.730 Binders
    211.750 British Thermal Unit
    211.770 Brush or Wipe Coating
    211.790 Bulk Gasoline Plant
    211.810 Bulk Gasoline Terminal
    211.820 Business Machine Plastic Parts
    211.830 Can
    211.850 Can Coating
    211.870 Can Coating Line
    211.890 Capture
    211.910 Capture Device
    211.930 Capture Efficiency
    211.950 Capture System
    211.953 Carbon Adsorber
    211.955 Cement
    211.960 Cement Kiln
    211.970 Certified Investigation
    211.980 Chemical Manufacturing Process Unit
    211.990 Choke Loading
    211.1010 Clean Air Act
    211.1050 Cleaning and Separating Operation
    211.1070 Cleaning Materials
    211.1090 Clear Coating
    211.1110 Clear Topcoat
    211.1120 Clinker
    211.1130 Closed Purge System
    211.1150 Closed Vent System
    211.1170 Coal Refuse
    211.1190 Coating
    211.1210 Coating Applicator
    211.1230 Coating Line
    211.1250 Coating Plant
    211.1270 Coil Coating
    211.1290 Coil Coating Line
    211.1310 Cold Cleaning
    211.1312 Combined Cycle System
    211.1316 Combustion Turbine
    211.1320 Commence Commercial Operation

     
    16
    211.1324 Commence Operation
    211.1328 Common Stack
    211.1330 Complete Combustion
    211.1350 Component
    211.1370 Concrete Curing Compounds
    211.1390 Concentrated Nitric Acid Manufacturing Process
    211.1410 Condensate
    211.1430 Condensible PM-10
    211.1465 Continuous Automatic Stoking
    211.1467 Continuous Coater
    211.1470 Continuous Process
    211.1490 Control Device
    211.1510 Control Device Efficiency
    211.1515 Control Period
    211.1520 Conventional Air Spray
    211.1530 Conventional Soybean Crushing Source
    211.1550 Conveyorized Degreasing
    211.1570 Crude Oil
    211.1590 Crude Oil Gathering
    211.1610 Crushing
    211.1630 Custody Transfer
    211.1650 Cutback Asphalt
    211.1670 Daily-Weighted Average VOM Content
    211.1690 Day
    211.1710 Degreaser
    211.1730 Delivery Vessel
    211.1750 Dip Coating
    211.1770 Distillate Fuel Oil
    211.1780 Distillation Unit
    211.1790 Drum
    211.1810 Dry Cleaning Operation or Dry Cleaning Facility
    211.1830 Dump-Pit Area
    211.1850 Effective Grate Area
    211.1870 Effluent Water Separator
    211.1875 Elastomeric Materials
    211.1880 Electromagnetic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) Shielding
    Coatings
    211.1885 Electronic Component
    211.1890 Electrostatic Bell or Disc Spray
    211.1900 Electrostatic Prep Coat
    211.1910 Electrostatic Spray
    211.1920 Emergency or Standby Unit
    211.1930 Emission Rate
    211.1950 Emission Unit
    211.1970 Enamel
    211.1990 Enclose

     
    17
    211.2010 End Sealing Compound Coat
    211.2030 Enhanced Under-the-Cup Fill
    211.2050 Ethanol Blend Gasoline
    211.2070 Excess Air
    211.2080 Excess Emissions
    211.2090 Excessive Release
    211.2110 Existing Grain-Drying Operation (Repealed)
    211.2130 Existing Grain-Handling Operation (Repealed)
    211.2150 Exterior Base Coat
    211.2170 Exterior End Coat
    211.2190 External Floating Roof
    211.2210 Extreme Performance Coating
    211.2230 Fabric Coating
    211.2250 Fabric Coating Line
    211.2270 Federally Enforceable Limitations and Conditions
    211.2285 Feed Mill
    211.2290 Fermentation Time
    211.2300 Fill
    211.2310 Final Repair Coat
    211.2330 Firebox
    211.2350 Fixed-Roof Tank
    211.2360 Flexible Coating
    211.2365 Flexible Operation Unit
    211.2370 Flexographic Printing
    211.2390 Flexographic Printing Line
    211.2410 Floating Roof
    211.2420 Fossil Fuel
    211.2425 Fossil Fuel-Fired
    211.2430 Fountain Solution
    211.2450 Freeboard Height
    211.2470 Fuel Combustion Emission Unit or Fuel Combustion Emission Source
    211.2490 Fugitive Particulate Matter
    211.2510 Full Operating Flowrate
    211.2530 Gas Service
    211.2550 Gas/Gas Method
    211.2570 Gasoline
    211.2590 Gasoline Dispensing Operation or Gasoline Dispensing Facility
    211.2610 Gel Coat
    211.2620 Generator
    211.2630 Gloss Reducers
    211.2650 Grain
    211.2670 Grain-Drying Operation
    211.2690 Grain-Handling and Conditioning Operation
    211.2710 Grain-Handling Operation
    211.2730 Green-Tire Spraying
    211.2750 Green Tires

     
    18
    211.2770 Gross Heating Value
    211.2790 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
    211.2810 Heated Airless Spray
    211.2815 Heat Input
    211.2820 Heat Input Rate
    211.2830 Heatset
    211.2850 Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Line
    211.2870 Heavy Liquid
    211.2890 Heavy Metals
    211.2910 Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle Products
    211.2930 Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle Products Coating
    211.2950 Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle Products Coating Line
    211.2970 High Temperature Aluminum Coating
    211.2990 High Volume Low Pressure (HVLP) Spray
    211.3010 Hood
    211.3030 Hot Well
    211.3050 Housekeeping Practices
    211.3070 Incinerator
    211.3090 Indirect Heat Transfer
    211.3110 Ink
    211.3130 In-Process Tank
    211.3150 In-Situ Sampling Systems
    211.3170 Interior Body Spray Coat
    211.3190 Internal-Floating Roof
    211.3210 Internal Transferring Area
    211.3230 Lacquers
    211.3250 Large Appliance
    211.3270 Large Appliance Coating
    211.3290 Large Appliance Coating Line
    211.3310 Light Liquid
    211.3330 Light-Duty Truck
    211.3350 Light Oil
    211.3370 Liquid/Gas Method
    211.3390 Liquid-Mounted Seal
    211.3410 Liquid Service
    211.3430 Liquids Dripping
    211.3450 Lithographic Printing Line
    211.3470 Load-Out Area
    211.3480 Loading Event
    211.3483 Long Dry Kiln
    211.3485 Long Wet Kiln
    211.3487 Low-NOx Burner
    211.3490 Low Solvent Coating
    211.3500 Lubricating Oil
    211.3510 Magnet Wire
    211.3530 Magnet Wire Coating

     
    19
    211.3550 Magnet Wire Coating Line
    211.3570 Major Dump Pit
    211.3590 Major Metropolitan Area (MMA)
    211.3610 Major Population Area (MPA)
    211.3620 Manually Operated Equipment
    211.3630 Manufacturing Process
    211.3650 Marine Terminal
    211.3660 Marine Vessel
    211.3670 Material Recovery Section
    211.3690 Maximum Theoretical Emissions
    211.3695 Maximum True Vapor Pressure
    211.3710 Metal Furniture
    211.3730 Metal Furniture Coating
    211.3750 Metal Furniture Coating Line
    211.3770 Metallic Shoe-Type Seal
    211.3780 Mid-Kiln Firing
    211.3790 Miscellaneous Fabricated
    Product Manufacturing Process
    211.3810 Miscellaneous Formulation Manufacturing Process
    211.3830 Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
    211.3850 Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products Coating
    211.3870 Miscellaneous Metal Parts or Products Coating Line
    211.3890 Miscellaneous Organic Chemical Manufacturing Process
    211.3910 Mixing Operation
    211.3915 Mobile Equipment
    211.3930 Monitor
    211.3950 Monomer
    211.3960 Motor Vehicles
    211.3965 Motor Vehicle Refinishing
    211.3970 Multiple Package Coating
    211.3980 Nameplate Capacity
    211.3990 New Grain-Drying Operation (Repealed)
    211.4010 New Grain-Handling Operation (Repealed)
    211.4030 No Detectable Volatile Organic Material Emissions
    211.4050 Non-Contact Process Water Cooling Tower
    211.4055 Non-Flexible Coating
    211.4065 Non-Heatset
    211.4067 NOx Trading Program
    211.4070 Offset
    211.4090 One Hundred Percent Acid
    211.4110 One-Turn Storage Space
    211.4130 Opacity
    211.4150 Opaque Stains
    211.4170 Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    211.4190 Open-Ended Valve
    211.4210 Operator of a Gasoline Dispensing Operation or Operator of a Gasoline
    Dispensing Facility

     
    20
    211.4230 Organic Compound
    211.4250 Organic Material and Organic Materials
    211.4260 Organic Solvent
    211.4270 Organic Vapor
    211.4290 Oven
    211.4310 Overall Control
    211.4330 Overvarnish
    211.4350 Owner of a Gasoline Dispensing Operation or Owner of a Gasoline Dispensing
    Facility
    211.4370 Owner or Operator
    211.4390 Packaging Rotogravure Printing
    211.4410 Packaging Rotogravure Printing Line
    211.4430 Pail
    211.4450 Paint Manufacturing Source or Paint Manufacturing Plant
    211.4470 Paper Coating
    211.4490 Paper Coating Line
    211.4510 Particulate Matter
    211.4530 Parts Per Million (Volume) or PPM (Vol)
    211.4550 Person
    211.4590 Petroleum
    211.4610 Petroleum Liquid
    211.4630 Petroleum Refinery
    211.4650 Pharmaceutical
    211.4670 Pharmaceutical Coating Operation
    211.4690 Photochemically Reactive Material
    211.4710 Pigmented Coatings
    211.4730 Plant
    211.4740 Plastic Part
    211.4750 Plasticizers
    211.4770 PM-10
    211.4790 Pneumatic Rubber Tire Manufacture
    211.4810 Polybasic Organic Acid Partial Oxidation Manufacturing Process
    211.4830 Polyester Resin Material(s)
    211.4850 Polyester Resin Products Manufacturing Process
    211.4870 Polystyrene Plant
    211.4890 Polystyrene Resin
    211.4910 Portable Grain-Handling Equipment
    211.4930 Portland Cement Manufacturing Process Emission Source
    211.4950 Portland Cement Process or Portland Cement
    Manufacturing Plant
    211.4960 Potential Electrical Output Capacity
    211.4970 Potential to Emit
    211.4990 Power Driven Fastener Coating
    211.5010 Precoat
    211.5015 Preheater Kiln
    211.5020 Preheater/Precalciner Kiln

     
    21
    211.5030 Pressure Release
    211.5050 Pressure Tank
    211.5060 Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve
    211.5061 Pretreatment Wash Primer
    211.5065 Primary Product
    211.5070 Prime Coat
    211.5080 Primer Sealer
    211.5090 Primer Surfacer Coat
    211.5110 Primer Surfacer Operation
    211.5130 Primers
    211.5150 Printing
    211.5170 Printing Line
    211.5185 Process Emission Source
    211.5190 Process Emission Unit
    211.5210 Process Unit
    211.5230 Process Unit Shutdown
    211.5245 Process Vent
    211.5250 Process Weight Rate
    211.5270 Production Equipment Exhaust System
    211.5310 Publication Rotogravure Printing Line
    211.5330 Purged Process Fluid
    211.5340 Rated Heat Input Capacity
    211.5350 Reactor
    211.5370 Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)
    211.5390 Reclamation System
    211.5410 Refiner
    211.5430 Refinery Fuel Gas
    211.5450 Refinery Fuel Gas System
    211.5470 Refinery Unit or Refinery Process Unit
    211.5480 Reflective Argent Coating
    211.5490 Refrigerated Condenser
    211.5500 Regulated Air Pollutant
    211.5510 Reid Vapor Pressure
    211.5530 Repair
    211.5550 Repair Coat
    211.5570 Repaired
    211.5580 Repowering
    211.5590 Residual Fuel Oil
    211.5600 Resist Coat
    211.5610 Restricted Area
    211.5630 Retail Outlet
    211.5650 Ringelmann Chart
    211.5670 Roadway
    211.5690 Roll Coater
    211.5710 Roll Coating
    211.5730 Roll Printer

     
    22
    211.5750 Roll Printing
    211.5770 Rotogravure Printing
    211.5790 Rotogravure Printing Line
    211.5810 Safety Relief Valve
    211.5830 Sandblasting
    211.5850 Sanding Sealers
    211.5870 Screening
    211.5880 Screen Printing on Paper
    211.5890 Sealer
    211.5910 Semi-Transparent Stains
    211.5930 Sensor
    211.5950 Set of Safety Relief Valves
    211.5970 Sheet Basecoat
    211.5980 Sheet-Fed
    211.5990 Shotblasting
    211.6010 Side-Seam Spray Coat
    211.6025 Single Unit Operation
    211.6030 Smoke
    211.6050 Smokeless Flare
    211.6060 Soft Coat
    211.6070 Solvent
    211.6090 Solvent Cleaning
    211.6110 Solvent Recovery System
    211.6130 Source
    211.6140 Specialty Coatings
    211.6145 Specialty Coatings for Motor Vehicles
    211.6150 Specialty High Gloss Catalyzed Coating
    211.6170 Specialty Leather
    211.6190 Specialty Soybean Crushing Source
    211.6210 Splash Loading
    211.6230 Stack
    211.6250 Stain Coating
    211.6270 Standard Conditions
    211.6290 Standard Cubic Foot (scf)
    211.6310 Start-Up
    211.6330 Stationary Emission Source
    211.6350 Stationary Emission Unit
    211.6355 Stationary Gas Turbine
    211.6360 Stationary Reciprocating
    Internal Combustion Engine
    211.6370 Stationary Source
    211.6390 Stationary Storage Tank
    211.6400 Stencil Coat
    211.6410 Storage Tank or Storage Vessel
    211.6420 Strippable Spray Booth Coating
    211.6430 Styrene Devolatilizer Unit
    211.6450 Styrene Recovery Unit

     
    23
    211.6470 Submerged Loading Pipe
    211.6490 Substrate
    211.6510 Sulfuric Acid Mist
    211.6530 Surface Condenser
    211.6540 Surface Preparation Materials
    211.6550 Synthetic Organic Chemical or Polymer Manufacturing Plant
    211.6570 Tablet Coating Operation
    211.6580 Texture Coat
    211.6590 Thirty-Day Rolling Average
    211.6610 Three-Piece Can
    211.6620 Three or Four Stage Coating System
    211.6630 Through-the-Valve Fill
    211.6650 Tooling Resin
    211.6670 Topcoat
    211.6690 Topcoat Operation
    211.6695 Topcoat System
    211.6710 Touch-Up
    211.6720 Touch-Up Coating
    211.6730 Transfer Efficiency
    211.6750 Tread End Cementing
    211.6770 True Vapor Pressure
    211.6790 Turnaround
    211.6810 Two-Piece Can
    211.6830 Under-the-Cup Fill
    211.6850 Undertread Cementing
    211.6860 Uniform Finish Blender
    211.6870 Unregulated Safety Relief Valve
    211.6880 Vacuum Metallizing
    211.6890 Vacuum Producing System
    211.6910 Vacuum Service
    211.6930 Valves Not Externally Regulated
    211.6950 Vapor Balance System
    211.6970 Vapor Collection System
    211.6990 Vapor Control System
    211.7010 Vapor-Mounted Primary Seal
    211.7030 Vapor Recovery System
    211.7050 Vapor-Suppressed Polyester Resin
    211.7070 Vinyl Coating
    211.7090 Vinyl Coating Line
    211.7110 Volatile Organic Liquid (VOL)
    211.7130 Volatile Organic Material Content (VOMC)
    211.7150 Volatile Organic Material (VOM) or Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)
    211.7170 Volatile Petroleum Liquid
    211.7190 Wash Coat
    211.7200 Washoff Operations
    211.7210 Wastewater (Oil/Water) Separator

     
    24
    211.7230 Weak Nitric Acid Manufacturing Process
    211.7250 Web
    211.7270 Wholesale Purchase - Consumer
    211.7290 Wood Furniture
    211.7310 Wood Furniture Coating
    211.7330 Wood Furniture Coating Line
    211.7350 Woodworking
    211.7400 Yeast Percentage
     
    Appendix A Rule into Section Table
    Appendix B Section into Rule Table
     
    AUTHORITY: Implementing Sections 9, 9.1, 9.9 and 10 and authorized by Sections 27, 28 and
    28.5 of the Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/9, 9.1, 9.9, 10, 27, 28 and 28.5].
     
    SOURCE: Adopted as Chapter 2: Air Pollution, Rule 201: Definitions, R71-23, 4 PCB 191,
    filed and effective April 14, 1972; amended in R74-2 and R75-5, 32 PCB 295, at 3 Ill. Reg. 5, p.
    777, effective February 3, 1979; amended in R78-3 and 4, 35 PCB 75 and 243, at 3 Ill. Reg. 30,
    p. 124, effective July 28, 1979; amended in R80-5, at 7 Ill. Reg. 1244, effective January 21,
    1983; codified at 7 Ill. Reg. 13590; amended in R82-1 (Docket A) at 10 Ill. Reg. 12624, effective
    July 7, 1986; amended in R85-21(A) at 11 Ill. Reg. 11747, effective June 29, 1987; amended in
    R86-34 at 11 Ill. Reg. 12267, effective July 10, 1987; amended in R86-39 at 11 Ill. Reg. 20804,
    effective December 14, 1987; amended in R82-14 and R86-37 at 12 Ill. Reg. 787, effective
    December 24, 1987; amended in R86-18 at 12 Ill. Reg. 7284, effective April 8, 1988; amended
    in R86-10 at 12 Ill. Reg. 7621, effective April 11, 1988; amended in R88-23 at 13 Ill. Reg.
    10862, effective June 27, 1989; amended in R89-8 at 13 Ill. Reg. 17457, effective January 1,
    1990; amended in R89-16(A) at 14 Ill. Reg. 9141, effective May 23, 1990; amended in R88-
    30(B) at 15 Ill. Reg. 5223, effective March 28, 1991; amended in R88-14 at 15 Ill. Reg. 7901,
    effective May 14, 1991; amended in R91-10 at 15 Ill. Reg. 15564, effective October 11, 1991;
    amended in R91-6 at 15 Ill. Reg. 15673, effective October 14, 1991; amended in R91-22 at 16
    Ill. Reg. 7656, effective May 1, 1992; amended in R91-24 at 16 Ill. Reg. 13526, effective August
    24, 1992; amended in R93-9 at 17 Ill. Reg. 16504, effective September 27, 1993; amended in
    R93-11 at 17 Ill. Reg. 21471, effective December 7, 1993; amended in R93-14 at 18 Ill. Reg.
    1253, effective January 18, 1994; amended in R94-12 at 18 Ill. Reg. 14962, effective September
    21, 1994; amended in R94-14 at 18 Ill. Reg. 15744, effective October 17, 1994; amended in
    R94-15 at 18 Ill. Reg. 16379, effective October 25, 1994; amended in R94-16 at 18 Ill. Reg.
    16929, effective November 15, 1994; amended in R94-21, R94-31 and R94-32 at 19 Ill. Reg.
    6823, effective May 9, 1995; amended in R94-33 at 19 Ill. Reg. 7344, effective May 22, 1995;
    amended in R95-2 at 19 Ill. Reg. 11066, effective July 12, 1995; amended in R95-16 at 19 Ill.
    Reg. 15176, effective October 19, 1995; amended in R96-5 at 20 Ill. Reg. 7590, effective May
    22, 1996; amended in R96-16 at 21 Ill. Reg. 2641, effective February 7, 1997; amended in R97-
    17 at 21 Ill. Reg. 6489, effective May 16, 1997; amended in R97-24 at 21 Ill. Reg. 7695,
    effective June 9, 1997; amended in R96-17 at 21 Ill. Reg. 7856, effective June 17, 1997;
    amended in R97-31 at 22 Ill. Reg. 3497, effective February 2, 1998; amended in R98-17 at 22 Ill.
    Reg.11405, effective June 22, 1998; amended in R01-9 at 25 Ill. Reg. 128, effective December
    26, 2000; amended in R01-11 at 25 Ill. Reg. 4597, effective March 15, 2001; amended in R01-17

     
    25
    at 25 Ill. Reg. 5900, effective April 17, 2001; amended in R04-20 at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _.
     
    BOARD NOTE: This Part implements the Illinois Environmental Protection Act as of July 1,
    1994.
     
    Section 211.953 Carbon Adsorber
     
    “Carbon Adsorber” means a control device designed to remove and, if desired, recover volatile
    organic material (VOM) from process emissions where removal of VOM is accomplished
    through the adherence of the VOM onto the surface of highly porous adsorbent particles, such as
    activated carbon. The term “carbon adsorber” describes any adsorber technology used as a
    control device even though media other than carbon may be used as the adsorbent, such as
    oxides of silicon and aluminum.
     
    (Source: Added at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 211.5880 Screen Printing on Paper
     
    “Screen Printing on Paper” means a process that would otherwise be paper coating as defined in
    Section 211.4470 of this Part, except ink is passed through a taut screen or fabric to which a
    refined form of stencil has been applied. The stencil openings determine the form and
    dimensions of the imprint.
     
    (Source: Added at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR
    STATIONARY SOURCES
     
    PART 214
    SULFUR LIMITATIONS
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    214.100 Scope and Organization
    214.101 Measurement Methods
    214.102 Abbreviations and Units
    214.103 Definitions
    214.104 Incorporations by Reference
     
    SUBPART B: NEW FUEL COMBUSTION EMISSION SOURCES
    Section
    214.120 Scope
    214.121 Large Sources

     
    26
    214.122 Small Sources
     
    SUBPART C: EXISTING SOLID FUEL COMBUSTION EMISSION
    SOURCES
    Section
    214.140 Scope
    214.141 Sources Located in Metropolitan Areas
    214.142 Small Sources Located Outside Metropolitan Areas
    214.143 Large Sources Located Outside Metropolitan Areas
     
    SUBPART D: EXISTING LIQUID OR MIXED FUEL COMBUSTION
    EMISSION SOURCES
    Section
    214.161 Liquid Fuel Burned Exclusively
    214.162 Combination of Fuels
     
    SUBPART E: AGGREGATION OF SOURCES OUTSIDE METROPOLITAN
    AREAS
    Section
    214.181 Dispersion Enhancement Techniques
    214.182 Prohibition
    214.183 General Formula
    214.184 Special Formula
    214.185 Alternative Emission Rate
    214.186 New Operating Permits
     
    SUBPART F: ALTERNATIVE STANDARDS FOR SOURCES INSIDE
    METROPOLITAN AREAS
    Section
    214.201 Alternative Standards for Sources in Metropolitan Areas
    214.202 Dispersion Enhancement Techniques
     
    SUBPART K: PROCESS EMISSION SOURCES
    Section
    214.300 Scope
    214.301 General Limitation
    214.302 Exception for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    214.303 Use of Sulfuric Acid
    214.304 Fuel Burning Process Emission Source
     
    SUBPART O: PETROLEUM REFINING, PETROCHEMICAL AND
    CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    214.380 Scope
    214.381 Sulfuric Acid Manufacturing
    214.382 Petroleum and Petrochemical Processes

     
    27
    214.383 Chemical Manufacturing
    214.384 Sulfate and Sulfite Manufacturing
     
    SUBPART P: STONE, CLAY, GLASS AND CONCRETE PRODUCTS
    Section
    214.400 Scope
    214.401 Glass Melting and Heat Treating
    214.402 Lime Kilns
     
    SUBPART Q: PRIMARY AND SECONDARY METAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    214.420 Scope
    214.421 Combination of Fuels at Steel Mills in Metropolitan Areas
    214.422 Secondary Lead Smelting in Metropolitan Areas
    214.423 Slab Reheat Furnaces in St. Louis Area
     
    SUBPART V: ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
    Section
    214.521 Winnetka Power Plant
     
    SUBPART X: UTILITIES
    Section
    214.560 Scope
    214.561 E. D. Edwards Electric Generating Station
    214.562 Coffeen Generating Station
     
    Appendix A Rule into Section Table
    Appendix B Section into Rule Table
    Appendix C Method used to Determine Average Actual Stack Height and Effective Height of
    Effluent Release
    Appendix D Past Compliance Dates
     
    AUTHORITY: Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Section 27 of the Environmental
    Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/10 and 27].
     
    SOURCE: Adopted as Chapter 2: Air Pollution, Rule 204: Sulfur Emission Standards and
    Limitations, R71-23, 4 PCB 191, filed and effective April 14, 1972; amended in R74-2 and R75-
    5, 32 PCB 295, at 3 Ill. Reg. 5, p. 777, effective February 3, 1979; amended in R74-2, R75-5, 38
    PCB 129, at 4 Ill. Reg. 28, p. 417, effective June 26, 1980; amended in R78-17, 40 PCB 291, at 5
    Ill. Reg. 1892, effective February 17, 1981; amended in R77-15, 44 PCB 267, at 6 Ill. Reg. 2146,
    effective January 28, 1982; amended and renumbered in R80-22(A), at 7 Ill. Reg. 42204219,
    effective March 28, 1983; codified 7 Ill. Reg. 1357913597; amended in R80-22(B), at 8 Ill. Reg.
    6172, effective April 24, 1984; amended in R84-28, at 10 Ill. Reg. 9806, effective May 20, 1986;
    amended in R86-31, at 12 Ill. Reg. 17387, effective October 14, 1988; amended in R86-30, at 12
    Ill. Reg. 20778, effective December 5, 1988; amended in R87-31 at 15 Ill. Reg. 1017, effective

     
    28
    January 15, 1991; amended in R02-21 at 27 Ill. Reg. 12101, effective July 11, 2003; amended in
    R04-12 at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _.
     
    SUBPART D: EXISTING LIQUID OR MIXED FUEL COMBUSTION EMISSION
    SOURCES
     
    Section 214.162 Combination of Fuels
     
    a) No person shall cause or allow the emission of sulfur dioxide into the atmosphere
    in any one hour period from any fuel combustion emission source burning
    simultaneously any combination of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels to exceed the
    allowable emission rate determined by the following equation:
     
    E = AX + BY + CZ
     
    E = SSHS + SdHd + SRHR
     
    b) Symbols in the equation mean the following:
     
    E = allowable sulfur dioxide emission rate;
     
    ASS = solid fuel sulfur dioxide emission standard which is applicable;
     
    BSd = distillate oil sulfur dioxide emission standard determined from the
    table in subsection (d);
     
    CSR = residual fuel oil sulfur dioxide emission standard which is
    applicable;
     
    XHS = actual heat input from solid fuel;
     
    YHd = actual heat input from distillate fuel oil;
     
    ZHR = actual heat input from residual fuel oil;
     
    c) That portion of the actual heat input that is derived:
     
    1) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of solid
    fuels shall be included in XHS;
     
    2) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of
    distillate fuel oil shall be included in YHd;
     
    3) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of residual
    fuel oil shall be included in ZHR;
     

     
    29
    4) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of any
    other liquid fuel shall be included in ZHR; and,
     
    5) From the burning of by-product gases such as those produced from a blast
    furnace or a catalyst regeneration unit in a petroleum refinery shall be
    included in ZHR.
     
    d) Metric or English units may be used in the equation of subsection (a) as follows:
     
    Parameter Metric English
     
      
      
    E kg/hr lbs/hr
    ASS, CSR kg/MW-hr lbs/mmbtu
    BSd 0.46 kg/MW-hr 0.3 lbs/mmbtu
    XHS, YHd, ZHR MW mmbtu/hr
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART E: AGGREGATION OF SOURCES OUTSIDE METROPOLITAN AREAS
     
    Section 214.183 General Formula
     
    a) The general formula is:
     
    E = A X
    B
    Y
    C
     
     
    ()()
    128
    H
    H
    E
    2
    E
    11
    .
    0
    A
    =
    (in English units)
     
    ()()
    2
    E
    11
    .
    0
    A
    H
    H
    04347
    .
    0
    E
    =
    (in Metric units)
     
    b) Symbols used in the general formula mean the following:
     
    E = Total allowable emission of sulfur dioxide (in lbs/hr or kg/hr) into the
    atmosphere in any one-hour period from all fuel combustion emission
    sources owned or operated by such person and located within a 1.6 km (1
    mile) radius from the center point of any such emission source.
     
    XHA = Average actual stack height as determined by method outlined in
    Appendix C.
     
    YHE = Effective height of effluent release as determined by method outlined in
    Appendix C.
     
    c)
    The general formula may be used with either metric or English units as follows:

     
    30
     
    Parameter Metric English
     
      
      
    E kg/hr lbs/hr
    X, Y
    m ft
    A 0.04347 kg/hr 0.007813 lbs/hr
    B 0.11 0.11
    C
    2
    2
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 214.184 Special Formula
     
    a) If the maximum total emissions of sulfur dioxide into the atmosphere in any one
    hour period from all fuel combustion emission sources owned or operated by any
    person and located within a 1 mile (1.6 km) radius from the center point of any
    such fuel combustion emission sources exceed, during normal cyclical variations
    in firing rate and fuel, the emissions allowed under Section 214.183 but, as of
    April 1, 1978, were in compliance with either the formula detailed below or a
    Pollution Control Board (Board) order, then the owner or operator of the emission
    sources shall not cause or allow such emissions to exceed the emissions allowed
    under Section 214.183 or the formula detailed below, whichever the owner or
    operator of the emission sources determines shall apply.
     
    b)
     
    E =
    0.22222
     
    2
    S
    300
    H
    000
    ,
    20
    E
    =
    (in English units)
     
    2
    S
    300
    H
    000
    ,
    20
    8824
    .
    4
    E
    ×
    =
    (in Metric units)
     
      
      
    H = P1 H1 + P2 H2 + ... Pn Hn
     
    (Note: P1 + P2 ... Pn = 1)
     
    c) As used in these equations, symbols mean the following:
     
    E = total emission of sulfur dioxide, (in pounds per hour,lbs/hr or kg/hr) into
    the atmosphere in any one hour period from all fuel combustion emission
    sources owned or operated by such person and located within a 1 mile (1.6
    km) radius from the center point of any such emission source;
     

     
    31
    Pi, i = 1, 2,..., n = percentage of total emissions E emitted
    from source I divided by 100, and
    Hi, i = 1, 2,..., n = physical height in feet above grade of
    stack i.
     
    Pi= (for i=1, 2, . . ., n) percentage of total emissions E emitted from source i
    expressed as decimal equivalents (e.g., 21% = 0.21), and
     
    Hi= (for i=1, 2, . . ., n) physical height (in feet or meters) above grade of stack
    i.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
     
    SUBPART Q: PRIMARY AND SECONDARY METAL MANUFACTURING
     
    Section 214.421 Combination of Fuels at Steel Mills in Metropolitan Areas
     
    a) Section 214.162 notwithstanding, no person shall cause or allow the emission of
    sulfur dioxide into the atmosphere in any one hour period from any existing fuel
    combustion emission source at a steel mill located in the Chicago or St. Louis
    (Illinois) major metropolitan area burning any solid, liquid or gaseous fuel, or any
    combination thereof, to exceed the allowable emission rate determined by the
    following equation:
     
    E = AW + BX + CY + DZ
     
    E = SSHS + SdHd + SRHR + SGHG
     
    b) Symbols in the equation mean the following:
     
    E = allowable sulfur dioxide emission rate;
    ASS = solid fuel sulfur dioxide emission standard which is applicable;
    BSd = distillate oil sulfur dioxide emission standard determined from the
    table in subsection (d);
    CSR = residual oil sulfur dioxide emission standard which is applicable;
    DSG = maximum by-product gas sulfur dioxide emissions which would
    result if the applicable by-product gas which was burned had been
    burned alone at any time during the 12 months preceding the latest
    operation, on or before March 28, 1983, of an emission source
    using any by-product gas.
    WHS = actual heat input from solid fuel;
    XHd = actual heat input from distillate fuel oil;
    YHR = actual heat input from residual fuel oil;
    ZHG = actual heat input from by-product gases, such as those produced
    from a blast furnace.
     

     
    32
    c) That portion of the actual heat input that is derived:
     
    1) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of solid
    fuels shall be included in WHS;
     
    2) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of
    distillate fuel oil shall be included in XHd;
     
    3) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of residual
    fuel oil shall be included in YHR; and
     
    4) From the burning of gaseous fuels produced by the gasification of any
    other liquid fuel shall be included in ZHG.
     
    d) Metric or English units may be used in the equation of subsection (a) as follows:
     
    Parameter Metric English
     
      
      
    E kg/hr lbs/hr
    ASS, CSR, DSG kg/MW-hr lbs/mmbtu
    BSd 0.46 kg/MW-hr 0.3 lbs/mmbtu
    WHS, XHd, YHR, ZHG MW mmbtu/hr
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    APPENDIX C
    Method used to Determine Average Actual Stack Height and Effective Height of
    Effluent Release
     
    QH (Btu/sec) = Heat emission rate (in btu/sec or Kcal/sec) as determined by method outlined
    below.
     
    H (feet) = Plume rise (in feet or meters).
     
    H = Physical height (in feet or meters), above grade of each stack, except that for purposes of
    this calculation the value used for such stack height shall not exceed good engineering
    practice as defined by Section 123 of the Clean Air Act and Regulations promulgated
    thereunder, unless the owner or operator of the source demonstrates to the Agency that a
    greater height is necessary to prevent downwash or fumigation conditions.
     
    T (Degrees Rankine) = Exit temperature of stack gases (in degrees Rankine or degrees
    Kelvin) from each source during operating conditions which would
    cause maximum emissions.
     
    V (feet/sec) = Exit velocity of stack gases (in feet/sec or meters/sec) from each source
    under operating conditions which would cause maximum emissions.

     
    33
     
    D (feet) = Diameter of stack (in feet or meters).
     
    P = Percentage of total emissions expressed as decimal equivalents emitted from each source.
    (Example: 21% = 0.21.) NOTE: The sum of P1 + P2 ... + Pn = 1. The emission values to
    be used are those which occur during operating conditions which would cause maximum
    emissions.
     
    X HA = Average actual stack height (in feet or meters).
     
    YHE = Effective height of effluent release (in feet or meters).
     
    STEP 1: Determine weighted average stack parameters utilizing the following formulae:
     
    D = P1 D1 + P2 D2 + ... + Pn Dn
     
    V = P1 V1 + P2 V2 + ... + Pn Vn
     
    T = P1 T1 + P2 T2 + ... + Pn Tn
     
    HAX = P1 H1 + P2 H2 + ... + Pn Hn
     
    NOTE: P1, D1, V1, T1, P1, D1, V1, T1, and H1 H1 are the percentage of total emissions, stack
    diameter, exit velocity of gases, exit temperature of stack gases, and physical stack height,
    respectively, for the first source; P2, D2, V2, T2, P2, D2, V2, T2, and H2 H2 are the respective
    values for the second source; similarly, Pn, Dn, Vn, Tn, Pn, Dn, Vn, Tn, and Hn Hn are the
    respective values for the nth source, where n is the number of the last source.
     
    STEP 2: Calculate heat emission rate utilizing the following formula and the weighted
    average stack parameters obtained in Step 1:
     
    Q + 7.54D2V (T - 515)
    T
     
    ()
    T
    515
    T
    V
    D
    54
    .
    7
    Q
    2
    H
    =
    (in English units)
     
    ()
    T
    286
    T
    V
    D
    8
    .
    66
    Q
    2
    H
    =
    (in Metric units)
     
    STEP 3: Calculate plume rise utilizing the appropriate formula given below and the total
    heat emission rate obtained in Step 2:
     
    H =
    2.58 (Q)0.6
    for Q
    6000 btu/sec.
    (X)0.11
     

     
    34
    ()
    ()
    11
    .
    0
    A
    6
    .
    0
    H
    H
    Q
    58
    .
    2
    H
    =
    (in English Units for QH
    6000 btu/sec)
     
    ()
    ()
    11
    .
    0
    A
    6
    .
    0
    H
    H
    Q
    58
    .
    1
    H
    =
    (in Metric Units for QH
    1500 kcal/sec)
     
    H =
    0.718 (Q)0.75 for Q
    6000 btu/sec.
    (X)0.11
     
    ()
    ()
    11
    .
    0
    A
    75
    .
    0
    H
    H
    Q
    718
    .
    0
    H
    =
    (in English Units for QH< 6000 btu/sec)
     
    ()
    ()
    11
    .
    0
    A
    75
    .
    0
    H
    H
    Q
    54
    .
    0
    H
    =
    (in Metric Units for QH< 1500 kcal/sec)
     
    STEP 4: Calculate the weighted average facility effective height of effluent release
    utilizing the plume rise obtained in Step 3, the average stack height obtained in
    Step 1 and the formula given below:
     
    Y =
    X + H
     
    HE = HA +
    H
     
    STEP 5: Calculate the total facility hourly emission limitation utilizing the weighted actual
    stack height obtained in Step 1, the effective stack height given in Step 4, and the
    following formula:
     
    E =
    (X)0.11 (Y)2
    128
     
    ()()
    128
    H
    H
    E
    2
    E
    11
    .
    0
    A
    =
    (in English units)
     
    ()()
    2
    E
    11
    .
    0
    A
    H
    H
    04347
    .
    0
    E
    =
    (in Metric units)
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND

     
    35
    LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
     
    PART 218
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND
    LIMITATIONS FOR THE CHICAGO AREA
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    218.100 Introduction
    218.101 Savings Clause
    218.102 Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    218.103 Applicability
    218.104 Definitions
    218.105 Test Methods and Procedures
    218.106 Compliance Dates
    218.107 Operation of Afterburners
    218.108 Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means of Control or Compliance
    Determinations
    218.109 Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    218.110 Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvent
    218.111 Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    218.112 Incorporations by Reference
    218.113 Monitoring for Negligibly-Reactive Compounds
    218.114 Compliance with Permit Conditions
     
    SUBPART B: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.119 Applicability for VOL
    218.120 Control Requirements for Storage Containers of VOL
    218.121 Storage Containers of VPL
    218.122 Loading Operations
    218.123 Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    218.124 External Floating Roofs
    218.125 Compliance Dates
    218.126 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    218.127 Testing VOL Operations
    218.128 Monitoring VOL Operations
    218.129 Recordkeeping and Reporting for VOL Operations
     
    SUBPART C: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS
    EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.141 Separation Operations
    218.142 Pumps and Compressors
    218.143 Vapor Blowdown

     
    36
    218.144 Safety Relief Valves
     
    SUBPART E: SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    218.181 Solvent Cleaning in General
    218.182 Cold Cleaning
    218.183 Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    218.184 Conveyorized Degreasing
    218.185 Compliance Schedule (Repealed)
    218.186 Test Methods
     
    SUBPART F: COATING OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.204 Emission Limitations
    218.205 Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
    218.206 Solids Basis Calculation
    218.207 Alternative Emission Limitations
    218.208 Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    218.209 Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    218.210 Compliance Schedule
    218.211 Recordkeeping and Reporting
    218.212 Cross-Line Averaging to Establish Compliance for Coating Lines
    218.213 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Cross-Line Averaging Participating Coating
    Lines
    218.214 Changing Compliance Methods
    218.215 Wood Furniture Coating Averaging Approach
    218.216 Wood Furniture Coating Add-On Control Use
    218.217 Wood Furniture Coating Work Practice Standards
     
      
    SUBPART G: USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section
    218.301 Use of Organic Material
    218.302 Alternative Standard
    218.303 Fuel Combustion Emission Units
    218.304 Operations with Compliance Program
     
    SUBPART H: PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
    Section
    218.401 Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    218.402 Applicability
    218.403 Compliance Schedule
    218.404 Recordkeeping and Reporting
    218.405 Lithographic Printing: Applicability
    218.406 Provisions Applying to Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Prior to March
    15, 1996
    218.407 Emission Limitations and Control Requirements for Lithographic Printing Lines

     
    37
    On and After March 15, 1996
    218.408 Compliance Schedule for Lithographic Printing On and After March 15, 1996
    218.409 Testing for Lithographic Printing On and After March 15, 1996
    218.410 Monitoring Requirements for Lithographic Printing
    218.411 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Lithographic Printing
     
    SUBPART Q: SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING PLANT
    Section
    218.421 General Requirements
    218.422 Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    218.423 Inspection Program for Leaks
    218.424 Repairing Leaks
    218.425 Recordkeeping for Leaks
    218.426 Report for Leaks
    218.427 Alternative Program for Leaks
    218.428 Open-Ended Valves
    218.429 Standards for Control Devices
    218.430 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    218.431 Applicability
    218.432 Control Requirements
    218.433 Performance and Testing Requirements
    218.434 Monitoring Requirements
    218.435 Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
    218.436 Compliance Date
     
    SUBPART R: PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Section
    218.441 Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    218.442 Vacuum Producing Systems
    218.443 Wastewater (Oil/Water) Separator
    218.444 Process Unit Turnarounds
    218.445 Leaks: General Requirements
    218.446 Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    218.447 Monitoring Program for Leaks
    218.448 Recordkeeping for Leaks
    218.449 Reporting for Leaks
    218.450 Alternative Program for Leaks
    218.451 Sealing Device Requirements
    218.452 Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    218.453 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART S: RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section
    218.461 Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires

     
    38
    218.462 Green Tire Spraying Operations
    218.463 Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    218.464 Emission Testing
    218.465 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    218.466 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART T: PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    218.480 Applicability
    218.481 Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum
    Dryers
    218.482 Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust Systems and Filters
    218.483 Material Storage and Transfer
    218.484 In-Process Tanks
    218.485 Leaks
    218.486 Other Emission Units
    218.487 Testing
    218.488 Monitoring for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    218.489 Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control Equipment
     
    SUBPART V: BATCH OPERATIONS AND AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Section
    218.500 Applicability for Batch Operations
    218.501 Control Requirements for Batch Operations
    218.502 Determination of Uncontrolled Total Annual Mass Emissions and Average Flow
    Rate Values for Batch Operations
    218.503 Performance and Testing Requirements for Batch Operations
    218.504 Monitoring Requirements for Batch Operations
    218.505 Reporting and Recordkeeping for Batch Operations
    218.506 Compliance Date
    218.520 Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    218.521 Definitions (Repealed)
    218.522 Savings Clause
    218.523 Compliance
    218.524 Determination of Applicability
    218.525 Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    218.526 Testing and Monitoring
    218.527 Compliance Date (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART W: AGRICULTURE
    Section
    218.541 Pesticide Exception
     
    SUBPART X: CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    218.561 Architectural Coatings

     
    39
    218.562 Paving Operations
    218.563 Cutback Asphalt
     
    SUBPART Y: GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section
    218.581 Bulk Gasoline Plants
    218.582 Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    218.583 Gasoline Dispensing Operations - Storage Tank Filling Operations
    218.584 Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    218.585 Gasoline Volatility Standards
    218.586 Gasoline Dispensing Operations - Motor Vehicle Fueling Operations
     
    SUBPART Z: DRY CLEANERS
    Section
    218.601 Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners (Repealed)
    218.602 Applicability (Repealed)
    218.603 Leaks (Repealed)
    218.604 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    218.605 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    218.606 Exception to Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    218.607 Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    218.608 Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    218.609 Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    218.610 Testing and Monitoring
    218.611 Applicability for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    218.612 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    218.613 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART AA: PAINT AND INK MANUFACTURING
    Section
    218.620 Applicability
    218.621 Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    218.623 Permit Conditions (Repealed)
    218.624 Open Top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    218.625 Grinding Mills
    218.626 Storage Tanks
    218.628 Leaks
    218.630 Clean Up
    218.636 Compliance Schedule
    218.637 Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    SUBPART BB: POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Section
    218.640 Applicability
    218.642 Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    218.644 Emissions Testing

     
    40
     
    SUBPART CC: POLYESTER RESIN PRODUCT MANUFACTURING
    PROCESS
    Section
    218.660 Applicability
    218.666 Control Requirements
    218.667 Compliance Schedule
    218.668 Testing
    218.670 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Exempt Emission Units
    218.672 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Subject Emission Units
     
    SUBPART DD: AEROSOL CAN FILLING
    Section
    218.680 Applicability
    218.686 Control Requirements
    218.688 Testing
    218.690 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Exempt Emission Units
    218.692 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Subject Emission Units
     
    SUBPART FF: BAKERY OVENS (REPEALED)
    Section
    218.720 Applicability (Repealed)
    218.722 Control Requirements (Repealed)
    218.726 Testing (Repealed)
    218.727 Monitoring (Repealed)
    218.728 Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
    218.729 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    218.730 Certification (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART GG: MARINE TERMINALS
    Section
    218.760 Applicability
    218.762 Control Requirements
    218.764 Compliance Certification
    218.766 Leaks
    218.768 Testing and Monitoring
    218.770 Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    SUBPART HH: MOTOR VEHICLE REFINISHING
    Section
    218.780 Emission Limitations
    218.782 Alternative Control Requirements
    218.784 Equipment Specifications
    218.786 Surface Preparation Materials
    218.787 Work Practices
    218.788 Testing

     
    41
    218.789 Monitoring and Recordkeeping for Control Devices
    218.790 General Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
    218.791 Compliance Date
    218.792 Registration
    218.875 Applicability of Subpart BB (Renumbered)
    218.877 Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants (Renumbered)
    218.879 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    218.881 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    218.883 Special Requirements for Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    218.886 Emissions Testing (Renumbered)
     
    SUBPART PP: MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT
    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    218.920 Applicability
    218.923 Permit Conditions (Repealed)
    218.926 Control Requirements
    218.927 Compliance Schedule
    218.928 Testing
    218.929 Cementable and Dress or Performance Shoe Leather
     
    SUBPART QQ: MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    218.940 Applicability
    218.943 Permit Conditions (Repealed)
    218.946 Control Requirements
    218.947 Compliance Schedule
    218.948 Testing
     
    SUBPART RR: MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL
    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    218.960 Applicability
    218.963 Permit Conditions (Repealed)
    218.966 Control Requirements
    218.967 Compliance Schedule
    218.968 Testing
     
    SUBPART TT: OTHER EMISSION UNITS
    Section
    218.980 Applicability
    218.983 Permit Conditions (Repealed)
    218.986 Control Requirements
    218.987 Compliance Schedule
    218.988 Testing

     
    42
     
    SUBPART UU: RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
    Section
    218.990 Exempt Emission Units
    218.991 Subject Emission Units
     
    Section 218.Appendix A: List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic Chemical and
    Polymer Manufacturing
    Section 218.Appendix B: VOM Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency (Repealed)
    Section 218.Appendix C: Reference Methods and Procedures
    Section 218.Appendix D: Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness Index (TRE)
    Equation
    Section 218.Appendix E: List of Affected Marine Terminals
    Section 218.Appendix G: TRE Index Measurements for SOCMI Reactors and Distillation
    Units
    Section 218.Appendix H: Baseline VOM Content Limitations for Subpart F, Section 218.212
    Cross-Line Averaging
     
    AUTHORITY: Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Sections 27, 28, 28.5 of the
    Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/10 and 28.5].
     
    SOURCE: Adopted at R91-7 at 15 Ill. Reg. 12231, effective August 16, 1991; amended in R91-
    24 at 16 Ill. Reg. 13564, effective August 24, 1992; amended in R91-28 and R91-30 at 16 Ill.
    Reg. 13864, effective August 24, 1992; amended in R93-9 at 17 Ill. Reg. 16636, effective
    September 27, 1993; amended in R93-14 at 18 Ill. Reg. at 1945, effective January 24, 1994;
    amended in R94-12 at 18 Ill. Reg. at 14973, effective September 21, 1994; amended in R94-15 at
    18 Ill. Reg. 16392, effective October 25, 1994; amended in R94-16 at 18 Ill. Reg. 16950,
    effective November 15, 1994; amended in R94-21, R94-31 and R94-32 at 19 Ill. Reg. 6848,
    effective May 9, 1995; amended in R94-33 at 19 Ill. Reg. 7359, effective May 22, 1995;
    amended in R96-13 at 20 Ill. Reg. 14428, effective October 17, 1996; amended in R97-24 at 21
    Ill. Reg. 7708, effective June 9, 1997; amended in R97-31 at 22 Ill. Reg. 3556, effective
    February 2, 1998; amended in R98-16 at 22 Ill. Reg. 14282, effective July 16, 1998; amended in
    R02-20, at 27 Ill. Reg 7283, effective April 8, 2003; amended in R04-20 at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective
    _.
     
    BOARD NOTE: This Part implements the Environmental Protection Act as of July 1, 1994.
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
     
    Section 218.105 Test Methods and Procedures
     
    a) Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
     
    The following test methods and procedures shall be used to determine compliance
    of as applied coatings, inks, and fountain solutions with the limitations set forth in
    this Part.

     
    43
     
    1) Sampling: Samples collected for analyses shall be one-liter taken into a
    one-liter container at a location and time such that the sample will be
    representative of the coating as applied (i.e., the sample shall include any
    dilution solvent or other VOM added during the manufacturing process).
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately after the sample is taken.
    Any solvent or other VOM added after the sample is taken must be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations in subsection (a)(3) of this
    Section. For multiple package coatings, separate samples of each
    component shall be obtained. A mixed sample shall not be obtained as it
    will cure in the container. Sampling procedures shall follow the
    guidelines presented in:
     
    A) ASTM D3925-81 (1985) standard practice for sampling liquid
    paints and related pigment coating. This practice is incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    B) ASTM E300-86 standard practice for sampling industrial
    chemicals. This practice is incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Analyses: The applicable analytical methods specified below shall be used
    to determine the composition of coatings, inks, or fountain solutions as
    applied.
     
    A) Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used to determine the
    VOM content and density of coatings. If it is demonstrated to the
    satisfaction of the Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24 results, formulation
    data may be used. In the event of any inconsistency between a
    Method 24 test and a facility's formulation data, the Method 24 test
    will govern.
     
    B) Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used to
    determine the VOM content and density of rotogravure printing
    inks and related coatings. If it is demonstrated to the satisfaction
    of the Agency and USEPA that the plant coating formulation data
    are equivalent to Method 24A results, formulation data may be
    used. In the event of any inconsistency between a Method 24A
    test and formulation data, the Method 24A test will govern.
     
    C) The following ASTM methods are the analytical procedures for
    determining VOM:
     

     
    44
    i) ASTM D1475-85: Standard test method for density of
    paint, varnish, lacquer and related products. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of
    this Part.
     
    ii) ASTM D2369-87: Standard test method for volatile content
    of a coating. This test method is incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    iii) ASTM D3792-86: Standard test method for water content
    of water-reducible paints by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph. This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    iv) ASTM D4017-81 (1987): Standard test method for water
    content in paints and paint materials by the Karl Fischer
    method. This test method is incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    v) ASTM D4457-85: Standard test method for determination
    of dichloromethane and 1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas chromatograph. (The
    procedure delineated above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically exempted from
    the definition of VOM.) This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    vi) ASTM D2697-86: Standard test method for volume non-
    volatile matter in clear or pigmented coatings. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of
    this Part.
     
    vii) ASTM D3980-87: Standard practice for interlaboratory
    testing of paint and related materials. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    viii) ASTM E180-85: Standard practice for determining the
    precision data of ASTM methods for analysis of and testing
    of industrial chemicals. This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    ix) ASTM D2372-85: Standard method of separation of
    vehicle from solvent-reducible paints. This method is
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     

     
    45
    D) Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical methods specified in
    subsections (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) of this Section may not be used
    unless approved by the Agency and USEPA. An owner or
    operator must submit sufficient documentation for the Agency and
    USEPA to find that the analytical methods specified in subsections
    (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) of this Section will yield inaccurate results
    and that the proposed adaptation is appropriate.
     
    3) Calculations: Calculations for determining the VOM content, water
    content and the content of any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM of coatings, inks and fountain
    solutions as applied shall follow the guidance provided in the following
    documents:
     
    A) “A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation”, EPA-340/1-86-016,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    B) “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic
    Compounds Emitted by Paint, Ink and Other Coatings” (revised
    June 1986), EPA-450/3-84-019, incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    C) “A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations”, August 1988, EPA-
    340/1-88-003, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this
    Part.
     
    b) Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
     
    1) The protocol for testing, including determining the transfer efficiency of
    coating applicators, at primer surfacer operations and topcoat operations at
    an automobile or light-duty truck assembly source shall follow the
    procedures in: "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic
    Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Topcoat
    Operations" ("topcoat protocol"), December 1988, EPA-450/3-88-018,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Prior to testing pursuant to the topcoat protocol, the owner or operator of a
    coating operation subject to the topcoat or primer surfacer limit in
    Sections 218.204(a)(2) or 218.204(a)(3) shall submit a detailed testing
    proposal specifying the method by which testing will be conducted and
    how compliance will be demonstrated consistent with the topcoat protocol.
    The proposal shall include, at a minimum, a comprehensive plan
    (including a rationale) for determining the transfer efficiency at each booth
    through the use of in-plant or pilot testing, the selection of coatings to be
    tested (for the purpose of determining transfer efficiency) including the
    rationale for coating groupings, the method for determining the analytic

     
    46
    VOM content of as applied coatings and the formulation solvent content
    of as applied coatings, and a description of the records of coating VOM
    content as applied and coating's usage which will be kept to demonstrate
    compliance. Upon approval of the proposal by the Agency and USEPA,
    the compliance demonstration for a coating line may proceed.
     
    c) Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
     
    1) Applicability
      
    The requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section shall apply to all
    VOM emitting process emission units employing capture equipment (e.g.,
    hoods, ducts), except those cases noted below.
     
    A) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a permanent total
    enclosure (PTE) that meets Agency and USEPA specifications,
    and which directs all VOM to a control device, then the emission
    unit is exempted from the requirements described in subsection
    (c)(2) of this Section. The Agency and USEPA specifications to
    determine whether a structure is considered a PTE are given in
    Method 204 Procedure T of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
    Appendix B of this Part. In this instance, the capture efficiency is
    assumed to be 100 percent and the emission unit is still required to
    measure control efficiency using appropriate test methods as
    specified in subsection (d) of this Section.
     
    B) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a control device
    designed to collect and recover VOM (e.g., carbon adsorber), an
    explicit measurement of capture efficiency is not necessary
    provided that the conditions given below are met. The overall
    control of the system can be determined by directly comparing the
    input liquid VOM to the recovered liquid VOM. The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given in 40 CFR 60.433,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part, with the
    following additional restrictions:
     
    i) Unless otherwise specified in subsection (c)(1)(B)(ii)
    below, the owner or operator shall obtain data each
    operating day for the solvent usage and solvent recovery to
    permit the determination of the solvent recovery efficiency
    of the system each operating day using a 7-day rolling
    period. The recovery efficiency for each operating day is
    computed as the ratio of the total recovered solvent for that
    day and the most recent prior 6 operating days to the total
    solvent usage for the same 7-day period used for the

     
    47
    recovered solvent, rather than a 30-day weighted average as
    given in 40 CFR 60.433 incorporated by reference at
    Section 218.112 of this Part. This ratio shall be expressed
    as a percentage. The ratio shall be computed within 72
    hours following each 7-day period. A source that believes
    that the 7-day rolling period is not appropriate may use an
    alterative multi-day rolling period not to exceed 30 days,
    with the approval of the Agency and USEPA. In addition,
    the criteria in subsection (c)(1)(B)(iii) or subsection
    (c)(1)(B)(iv) below must be met.
     
    ii) The owner or operator of the source engaged in printing
    located at 350 E. 22nd Street, Chicago, Illinois, shall obtain
    data each operating day for the solvent usage and solvent
    recovery to permit the determination of the solvent
    recovery efficiency of the system each operating day using
    a 14-day rolling period. The recovery efficiency for each
    operating day is computed as the ratio of the total recovered
    solvent for that day and the most recent prior 13 operating
    days to the total solvent usage for the same 14-day period
    used for the recovered solvent, rather than a 30-day
    weighted average as given in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part. This ratio
    shall be expressed as a percentage. The ratio shall be
    computed within 17 days following each 14-day period. In
    addition, the criteria in subsection (c)(1)(B)(iii) or
    subsection (c)(1)(B)(iv) below must be met.
     
    iii) The solvent recovery system (i.e., capture and control
    system) must be dedicated to a single coating line, printing
    line, or other discrete activity that by itself is subject to an
    applicable VOM emission standard, or
     
    iv) If the solvent recovery system controls more than one
    coating line, printing line or other discrete activity that by
    itself is subject to an applicable VOM emission standard,
    the overall control (i.e. the total recovered VOM divided by
    the sum of liquid VOM input from all lines and other
    activities venting to the control system) must meet or
    exceed the most stringent standard applicable to any line or
    other discrete activity venting to the control system.
     
    2) Capture Efficiency Protocols Specific Requirements
     
    The capture efficiency of an emission unit shall be measured using one of
    the four protocols given below. Appropriate test methods to be utilized in

     
    48
    each of the capture efficiency protocols are described in Appendix M of
    40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference at Section 218.112 of this Part.
    Any error margin associated with a test method or protocol may not be
    incorporated into the results of a capture efficiency test. If these
    techniques are not suitable for a particular process, then an alternative
    capture efficiency protocol may be used, pursuant to the provisions of
    Section 218.108(b) of this Part provided that the alternative protocol is
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
     
    A) Gas/gas method using temporary total enclosure (TTE). The
    Agency and USEPA specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are given in Method 204
    Procedure T of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part. Appendix B of this Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = Gww/(Gww + Fww)
     
    where:
     
    CE = Capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    Gww = Mass of VOM captured and delivered to control device
    using a TTE;
     
    Fww = Mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM that escapes from
    a TTE.
     
    Method 204B or 204C Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix M of
    40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of
    this Part Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain Gww. Method
    204D Procedure F.1 in Appendix B in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part
    51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part of this
    Part, is used to obtain Fww.
     
    B) Liquid/gas method using TTE. The Agency and USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure is
    considered a TTE are given in Method 204 Procedure T of
    Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112 of this Part. Appendix B of this Part. The capture
    efficiency equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = (L - Fww) /L
     
    where:
     

     
    49
    CE = Capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    L = Mass of liquid VOM input to process emission unit;
     
    Fww = Mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM that escapes from
    a TTE.
     
    Method 204A or 204F Procedure L contained in Appendix B of
    this Part. Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part is used to obtain L.
    Method 204D Procedure F.1 in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part Appendix
    B of this Part is used to obtain Fww.
     
    C) Gas/gas method using the building or room (building or room
    enclosure), in which the affected coating line, printing line or other
    emission unit is located, as the enclosure as determined by Method
    204 of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part, and in which "FB" "F" and "G" are
    measured while operating only the affected line or emission unit.
    All fans and blowers in the building or room must be operated as
    they would under normal production. The capture efficiency
    equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = G/(G +FB)
     
    where:
     
    CE = Capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    G = Mass of VOM captured and delivered to control
    device;
     
    FB = Mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM that escapes from
    building enclosure.
     
    Method 204B or 204C Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of
    this Part Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part is used to obtain G. Method 204E
    Procedure F.2 in Appendix B of this Part Appendix M of 40 CFR
    Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part is
    used to obtain FB.
     
    D) Liquid/gas method using the building or room (building or room
    enclosure), in which the affected coating line, printing line or other
    emission unit is located, as the enclosure as determined by Method

     
    50
    204 of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part, and in which "FB" "F" and "L" are
    measured while operating only the affected line or emission unit.
    All fans and blowers in the building or room must be operated as
    they would under normal production. The capture efficiency
    equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = (L - FB) /L
     
    where:
     
    CE = Capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    L = Mass of liquid VOM input to process emission unit;
     
    FB = Mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM that escapes from
    building enclosure.
     
    Method 204A or 204F Procedure L contained in Appendix B of
    this Part Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part is used to obtain L. Method 204E
    Procedure F.2 in Appendix B of this Part Appendix M of 40 CFR
    Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part is
    used to obtain FB.
     
    E) Mass balance using Data Quality Objective (DQO) or Lower
    Confidence Limit (LCL) protocol. For a liquid/gas input where an
    owner or operator is using the DQO/LCL protocol and not using an
    enclosure as described in Method 204 of Appendix M of 40 CFR
    Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part,
    the VOM content of the liquid input (L) must be determined using
    Method 204A or 204F in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part. The
    VOM content of the captured gas stream (G) to the control device
    must be determined using Method 204B or 204C in Appendix M
    of 40 CFR Part 51. The results of capture efficiency calculations
    (G/L) must satisfy the DQO or LCL statistical analysis protocol as
    described in Section 3 of USEPA’s “Guidelines for Determining
    Capture Efficiency,” incorporated by reference at 218.112 of this
    Part. Where capture efficiency testing is done to determine
    emission reductions for the purpose of establishing emission
    credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, the LCL protocol
    cannot be used for these applications. In enforcement cases, the
    LCL protocol cannot confirm non-compliance; capture efficiency
    must be determined using a protocol under subsection (c)(2)(A),
    (B), (C) or (D) of this Section, the DQO protocol of this subsection

     
    51
    (c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol pursuant to Section 218.108(b)
    of this Part.
      
    BOARD NOTE: Where LCL was used in testing emission units that are
    the subject of later requests for establishing emission credits for offsets,
    shutdowns, and trading, prior LCL results may not be relied upon to
    determine the appropriate amount of credits. Instead, to establish the
    appropriate amount of credits, additional testing may be required that
    would satisfy the protocol of Section 218.105(c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D),
    the DQO protocol of Section 218.105(c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol
    pursuant to Section 218.108(b) of this Part.
     
    3) Simultaneous testing of multiple lines or emission units with a common
    control device. If an owner or operator has multiple lines sharing a
    common control device, the capture efficiency of the lines may be tested
    simultaneously, subject to the following provisions:
    A) Multiple line testing must meet the criteria of Section 4 of
    USEPA’s “Guidelines for Determining Capture Efficiency,”
    incorporated by reference at Section 218.112 of this Part;
     
    B) The most stringent capture efficiency required for any individual
    line or unit must be met by the aggregate of lines or units; and
    C) Testing of all the lines of emission units must be performed with
    the same capture efficiency test protocol.
     
    4)3) Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    A) All owners or operators affected by this subsection must maintain a
    copy of the capture efficiency protocol submitted to the Agency
    and the USEPA on file. All results of the appropriate test methods
    and capture efficiency protocols must be reported to the Agency
    within sixty (60) days of the test date. A copy of the results must
    be kept on file with the source for a period of three (3) years.
     
    B) If any changes are made to capture or control equipment, then the
    source is required to notify the Agency and the USEPA of these
    changes and a new test may be required by the Agency or the
    USEPA.
     
    C) The source must notify the Agency 30 days prior to performing
    any capture efficiency or control test. At that time, the source must
    notify the Agency which capture efficiency protocol and control
    device test methods will be used. Notification of the actual date
    and expected time of testing must be submitted a minimum of 5
    working days prior to the actual date of the test. The Agency may

     
    52
    at its discretion accept notification with shorter advance notice
    provided that such arrangements do not interfere with the
    Agency’s ability to review the protocol or observe testing.
     
    D) Sources utilizing a PTE must demonstrate that this enclosure meets
    the requirements given in Method 204 Procedure T (in Appendix
    M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112 of this Part, Appendix B of this Part) for a PTE during any
    testing of their control device.
     
    E) Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that their TTE meets the
    requirements given in Method 204 Procedure T (in Appendix M of
    40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of
    this Part, Appendix B of this Part) for a TTE during testing of their
    control device. The source must also provide documentation that
    the quality assurance criteria for a TTE have been achieved.
     
    F) Any source utilizing the DQO or LCL protocol must submit the
    following information to the Agency with each test report:
     
    i) A copy of all test methods, Quality Assurance/Quality
    Control procedures, and calibration procedures to be used
    from those described in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part;
     
    ii) A table with information on each sample taken, including
    the sample identification and the VOM content of the
    sample;
     
    iii) The quantity of material used for each test run;
     
    iv) The quantity of captured VOM for each test run;
     
    v) The capture efficiency calculations and results for each test
    run;
     
    vi) The DQO and/or LCL calculations and results; and
     
    vii) The Quality Assurance/Quality Control results, including
    how often the instruments were calibrated, the calibration
    results, and the calibration gases used.
     
    d) Control Device Efficiency Testing and Monitoring
     
    1) The control device efficiency shall be determined by simultaneously
    measuring the inlet and outlet gas phase VOM concentrations and gas

     
    53
    volumetric flow rates in accordance with the gas phase test methods
    specified in subsection (f) of this Section.
     
    2) An owner or operator:
     
    A) That uses an afterburner or carbon adsorber to comply with any
    Section of Part 218 shall use Agency and USEPA approved
    continuous monitoring equipment which is installed, calibrated,
    maintained, and operated according to vendor specifications at all
    times the afterburner or carbon adsorber control device is in use
    except as provided in subsection (d)(3) of this Section. The
    continuous monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
     
    i) For each afterburner which does not have a catalyst bed,
    the combustion chamber temperature of each afterburner.
     
    ii) For each afterburner which has a catalyst bed, commonly
    known as a catalytic afterburner, the temperature rise
    across each catalytic afterburner bed or VOM concentration
    of exhaust.
     
    iii) For each carbon adsorber, the VOM concentration of each
    carbon adsorption bed exhaust or the exhaust of the bed
    next in sequence to be desorbed.
     
    B) Must install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with
    manufacturer’s specifications, a continuous recorder on the
    temperature monitoring device, such as a strip chart, recorder or
    computer, having an accuracy of ± 1 percent of the temperature
    measured in degrees Celsius or ± 0.5
    o
    C, whichever is greater.
     
    CB) Of an automobile or light-duty truck primer surfacer operation or
    topcoat operation subject to subsection (d)(2)(A) above, shall keep
    a separate record of the following data for the control devices,
    unless alternative provisions are set forth in a permit pursuant to
    Title V of the Clean Air Act:
     
    i) For thermal afterburners for which combustion chamber
    temperature is monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in
    which the average combustion temperature was more than
    28
    o
    C (50
    o
    F) below the average combustion temperature
    measured during the most recent performance test that
    demonstrated that the operation was in compliance.
     

     
    54
    ii) For catalytic afterburners for which temperature rise is
    monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in which the
    average gas temperature before the catalyst bed is more
    than 28
    o
    C (50
    o
    F) below the average gas temperature
    immediately before the catalyst bed measured during the
    most recent performance test that demonstrated that the
    operation was in compliance.
     
    iii) For catalytic afterburners and carbon adsorbers for which
    VOM concentration is monitored, all 3-hour periods of
    operation during which the average VOM concentration or
    the reading of organics in the exhaust gases is more than 20
    percent greater than the average exhaust gas concentration
    or reading measured by the organic monitoring device
    during the most recent determination of the recovery
    efficiency of a carbon adsorber or performance test for a
    catalytic afterburner, which determination or test
    demonstrated that the operation was in compliance.
     
    3) An owner or operator that uses a carbon adsorber to comply with Section
    218.401 of this Part may operate the adsorber during periods of
    monitoring equipment malfunction, provided that:
     
    A) The owner or operator notifies in writing the Agency within, 10
    days after the conclusion of any 72 hour period during which the
    adsorber is operated and the associated monitoring equipment is
    not operational, of such monitoring equipment failure and provides
    the duration of the malfunction, a description of the repairs made
    to the equipment, and the total to date of all hours in the calendar
    year during which the adsorber was operated and the associated
    monitoring equipment was not operational;
     
    B) During such period of malfunction the adsorber is operated using
    timed sequences as the basis for periodic regeneration of the
    adsorber;
     
    C) The period of such adsorber operation does not exceed 360 hours
    in any calendar year without the approval of the Agency and
    USEPA; and
     
    D) The total of all hours in the calendar year during which the
    adsorber was operated and the associated monitoring equipment
    was not operational shall be reported, in writing, to the Agency and
    USEPA by January 31st of the following calendar year.
     
    e) Overall Efficiency

     
    55
     
    1) The overall efficiency of the emission control system shall be determined
    as the product of the capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol as specified in 40 CFR
    60.433, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part, (and
    revised by subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section) for each solvent recovery
    system. In those cases in which the overall efficiency is being determined
    for an entire line, the capture efficiency used to calculate the product of
    the capture and control efficiency is the total capture efficiency over the
    entire line.
     
    2) For coating lines which are both chosen by the owner or operator to
    comply with Section 218.207(c), (d), (e), (f), or (g) of this Part by the
    alternative in Section 218.207(b)(2) of this Part and meet the criteria
    allowing them to comply with Section 218.207 of this Part instead of
    Section 218.204 of this Part, the overall efficiency of the capture system
    and control device, as determined by the test methods and procedures
    specified in subsections (c), (d) and (e)(1) of this Section, shall be no less
    than the equivalent overall efficiency which shall be calculated by the
    following equation:
     
    E = ([VOMa - VOM1]/VOMa) x 100
     
    where:
     
    E = Equivalent overall efficiency of the capture system and control
    device as a percentage;
     
    VOMa = Actual VOM content of a coating, or the daily-weighted
    average VOM content of two or more coatings (if more
    than one coating is used), as applied to the subject coating
    line as determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in subsection (a) of this Section in
    units of kg VOM/l (lb VOM/gal) of coating solids as
    applied;
     
    VOM1 = The VOM emission limit specified in Section 218.204 or
    218.205 of this Part in units of kg VOM/l (lb VOM/gal) of
    coating solids as applied
     
    f) Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods. The methods in 40
    CFR Part 60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this
    Part delineated below shall be used to determine control device efficiencies.
     
    1) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 18, 25 or 25A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part as appropriate to the conditions at

     
    56
    the site, shall be used to determine VOM concentration. Method selection
    shall be based on consideration of the diversity of organic species present
    and their total concentration and on consideration of the potential presence
    of interfering gases. Except as indicated in subsections (f)(1)(A) and (B)
    below, the test shall consist of three separate runs, each lasting a minimum
    of 60 minutes, unless the Agency and the USEPA determine that process
    variables dictate shorter sampling times.
     
    A) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
    carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the
    individual adsorber vessels, the test shall consist of three separate
    runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences
    through the adsorption cycles of all the individual absorber vessels.
     
    B) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
    carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each
    absorber vessel, each adsorber vessel shall be tested individually.
    The test for each absorber vessel shall consist of three separate
    runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete
    adsorption cycles.
     
    2) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 1 or 1A, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used for sample and velocity
    traverses.
     
     
    3) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 2, 2A, 2C or 2D, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used for velocity and
    volumetric flow rates.
     
    4) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 3, incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used for gas analysis.
     
    5) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 4, incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be used for stack gas moisture.
     
    6) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3 and 4,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part, shall be
    performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test run.
     
    7) Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods specified in subsections
    (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this Section may not be used unless
    approved by the Agency and the USEPA on a case by case basis. An
    owner or operator must submit sufficient documentation for the Agency
    and the USEPA to find that the test methods specified in subsections

     
    57
    (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this Section will yield inaccurate results
    and that the proposed adaptation is appropriate.
     
    g) Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material
     
    Owners or operators required by this Part to carry out a leak detection monitoring
    program shall comply with the following requirements:
     
    1) Leak Detection Monitoring
     
    A) Monitoring shall comply with 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method
    21, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    B) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of
    Method 21.
     
    C) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its use
    by the methods specified in Method 21.
     
    D) Calibration gases shall be:
     
    i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
     
    ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a
    concentration of approximately, but no less than, 10,000
    ppm methane or n-hexane.
     
    E) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential leak
    interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in
    Method 21.
     
    2) When equipment is tested for compliance with no detectable emissions as
    required, the test shall comply with the following requirements:
     
    A) The requirements of subsections (g)(1)(A) through (g)(1)(E) of this
    Section above shall apply.
     
    B) The background level shall be determined as set forth in Method
    21.
     
    3) Leak detection tests shall be performed consistent with:
     
    A) “APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile Organic Compound
    Emissions from Leaking Process Equipment”, EPA-450/2-82-015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     

     
    58
    B) “Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOC
    Sources”, EPA-340/1-86-015, incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112 of this Part.
     
    C) “Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission Estimates for
    Equipment Leaks of VOC and VHAP”, EPA-450/3-88-010,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    D) “Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual”, EPA-340/1-80-008,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    h) Bulk Gasoline Delivery System Test Protocol
     
    1 The method for determining the emissions of gasoline from a vapor
    recovery system are delineated in 40 CFR 60, Subpart XX, Section
    60.503, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Other tests shall be performed consistent with:
     
    A) “Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic Emissions
    from Gasoline Marketing Operations: Appendix D”, EPA-340/1-
    80-012, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    B) “Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading
    Terminals: Appendix A”, EPA-450/2-77-026, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part.
     
    i) Notwithstanding other requirements of this Part, upon request of the Agency
    where it is necessary to demonstrate compliance, an owner or operator of an
    emission unit which is subject to this Part shall, at his own expense, conduct tests
    in accordance with the applicable test methods and procedures specific in this
    Part. Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority of the USEPA pursuant to
    the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require testing.
     
    j) Stage II Gasoline Vapor Recovery Test Methods
     
    The methods for determining the acceptable performance of Stage II Gasoline
    Vapor Recovery System are delineated in "Technical Guidance-Stage II Vapor
    Recovery Systems for Control of Vehicle Refueling Emissions at Gasoline
    Dispensing Facilities," found at EPA 450/3-91-022b and incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112 of this Part. Specifically, the test methods are as
    follows:
     
    1) Dynamic Backpressure Test is a test procedure used to determine the
    pressure drop (flow resistance) through balance vapor collection and

     
    59
    control systems (including nozzles, vapor hoses, swivels, dispenser piping
    and underground piping) at prescribed flow rates.
     
    2) Pressure Decay/Leak Test is a test procedure used to quantify the vapor
    tightness of a vapor collection and control system installed at gasoline
    dispensing facilities.
     
    3) Liquid Blockage Test is a test procedure used to detect low points in any
    vapor collection and control system where condensate may accumulate.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.112 Incorporations by Reference
     
    The following materials are incorporated by reference and do not contain any subsequent
    additions or amendments.
     
    a) American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
    Conshohocken, PA 19428-9555:
    1) ASTM D2879-86
    2) ASTM D323-82
    3) ASTM D86-82
    4) ASTM D-369-69 (1971)
    5) ASTM D-396-69
    6) ASTM D2880-71
    7) ASTM D-975-68
    8) ASTM D3925-81 (1985)
    9) ASTM E300-86
    10) ASTM D1475-85
    11) ASTM D2369-87
    12) ASTM D3792-86
    13) ASTM D4017-81 (1987)
    14) ASTM D4457-85
    15) ASTM D2697-86
    16) ASTM D3980-87
    17) ASTM E180-85
    18) ASTM D2372-85
    19) ASTM D97-66
    20) ASTM E-168-67 (1977)
    21) ASTM E-169-87
    22) ASTM E-260-91
    23) ASTM D2504-83
    24) ASTM D2382-83
    25) ASTM D323-82 (approved 1982)
    26) ASTM D2099-00

     
    60
    b) Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by Executive Office of the
    President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C., 1987.
    c) American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517, "Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof
    Tanks", Second ed., February 1980.
    d) 40 CFR 60 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 24 (57 FR 30654, July
    10, 1992).
    e) 40 CFR 61 (July 1, 1991).
    f) 40 CFR 50 (July 1, 1991).
    g) 40 CFR 51 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR Part 51 Appendix M, Methods 204-204F (July 1,
    1999).
    h) 40 CFR 52 (July 1, 1991).
    i) 40
    CFR 80 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR Part 80 Appendixes D, E, and F (July 1, 1993).
    j) "A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation", July 1986, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-86-016.
    k) "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint,
    Ink and Other Coating", (revised June 1986), United States Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-84-019.
    l) "A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations", August 1988, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-88-003.
    m) "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic Compound Emission Rate of
    Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Topcoat Operations", December 1988, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-88-018.
    n) "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products", December 1978, United States Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-78-029.
    o) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor
    Collection Systems", December 1978, Appendix B, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/-78-051.
    p) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners",
    September 1982, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
    EPA-450/3-82-009.
    q) "APTI Course SI417 Controlling Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Leaking
    Process Equipment", 1982, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
    D.C., EPA-450/2-82-015.
    r) "Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOC Sources", June 1986, United
    States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-86-015.
    s) "Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission Estimates for Equipment Leaks of
    VOC and VHAP", October 1988, Unites States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-88-010.
    t) "Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual", March 1980, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-80-008.
    u) "Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Gasoline Marketing
    Operations: Appendix D", 1980, United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-80-012.

     
    61
    v) "Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading Terminals: Appendix A",
    December 1977, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
    EPA-450/2-77-026.
    w) "Technical Guidance-Stage II Vapor Recovery Systems for Control of Vehicle Refueling
    Emissions at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities", November 1991, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-91-022b.
    x) California Air Resources Board, Compliance Division. Compliance Assistance Program:
    Gasoline Marketing and Distribution: Gasoline Facilities Phase I & II (October 1988, rev.
    November 1993) (CARB Manual).
    y) South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), Applied Science &
    Technology Division, Laboratory Services Branch, SCAQMD Method 309-91,
    Determination of Static Volatile Emissions (February 1993).
    z) South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), Applied Science &
    Technology Division, Laboratory Services Branch, SCAQMD Method 312-91,
    Determination of Percent Monomer in Polyester Resins (April 1996).
    aa) “Guidelines for Determining Capture Efficiency,” January, 1995, Office of Air Quality
    Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Research
    Triangle Park, NC.
    bb) Memorandum “Revised Capture Efficiency Guidance for Control of Volatile Organic
    Compound Emissions,” February, 1995, John S. Seitz, Director, Office of Air Quality
    Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection Agency.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART F: COATING OPERATIONS
     
    Section 218.204 Emission Limitations
     
     
    Except as provided in Sections 218.205, 218.207, 218.208, 218.212, 218.215 and 218.216 of this
    Subpart, no owner or operator of a coating line shall apply at any time any coating in which the
    VOM content exceeds the following emission limitations for the specified coating. Except as
    provided in Section 218.204(l), compliance with the emission limitations marked with an asterisk
    in this Section is required on and after March 15, 1996, and compliance with emission
    limitations not marked with an asterisk is required until March 15, 1996. The following emission
    limitations are expressed in units of VOM per volume of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied at each
    coating applicator, except where noted. Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM should be treated as water for the purpose of calculating the "less water" part
    of the coating composition. Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified in Section 218.105(a) of this
    Part and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 218.211(c) of this
    Subpart except where noted. (Note: The equation presented in Section 218.206 of this Part shall
    be used to calculate emission limitations for determining compliance by add-on controls, credits
    for transfer efficiency, emissions trades and cross-line averaging.) The emission limitations are
    as follows:
     

     
    62
    a) Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Coating kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Prime coat 0.14 (1.2)
    0.14* (1.2)*
     
    2) Primer surface coat 1.81 (15.1)
    1.81* (15.1)*
     
    (Note: The primer surface coat limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM
    per l (gal) of coating solids deposited. Compliance with the limitation
    shall be based on the daily-weighted average from an entire primer
    surfacer operation. Compliance shall be demonstrated in accordance with
    the topcoat protocol referenced in Section 218.105(b) and the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 218.211(f).
    Testing to demonstrate compliance shall be performed in accordance with
    the topcoat protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved by the
    Agency and USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating compliance
    with the protocol. Section 218.205 does not apply to the primer surfacer
    limitation.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    3) Topcoat 1.81 (15.1)
    1.81* (15.1)*
     
    (Note: The topcoat limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM per l (gal) of
    coating solids deposited. Compliance with the limitation shall be based on
    the daily-weighted average from an entire topcoat operation. Compliance
    shall be demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced
    in Section 218.105(b) of this Part and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(f). Testing to demonstrate
    compliance shall be performed in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    and a detailed testing proposal approved by the Agency and USEPA
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the protocol.
    Section 218.205 of this Part does not apply to the topcoat limitation.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    4) Final repair coat 0.58 (4.8)
    0.58* (4.8)*
     
    b) Can Coating kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Sheet basecoat and overvarnish
     
    A) Sheet basecoat 0.34 (2.8)
    0.26* (2.2)*
    B) Overvarnish 0.34 (2.8)

     
    63
    0.34 (2.8)*
     
    2) Exterior basecoat and overvarnish 0.34 (2.8)
    0.25* (2.1)*
     
    3) Interior body spray coat
     
    A) Two piece 0.51 (4.2)
    0.44* (3.7)*
    B) Three piece 0.51 (4.2)
    0.51* (4.2)*
     
    4) Exterior end coat 0.51 (4.2)
    0.51* (4.2)*
     
    5) Side seam spray coat 0.66 (5.5)
    0.66* (5.5)*
     
    6) End sealing compound coat 0.44 (3.7)
    0.44* (3.7)*
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    c) Paper Coating 0.35 (2.9)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    (Note: The paper coating limitation shall not apply to any owner or operator of
    any paper coating line on which flexographic or rotogravure printing is performed
    if the paper coating line complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart H:
    Printing and Publishing, Section 218.401 of this Part. In addition, screen printing
    on paper is not regulated as paper coating, but is regulated under Subpart TT of
    this Part.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    d) Coil Coating 0.31 (2.6)
    0.20* (1.7)*
     
    e) Fabric Coating 0.35 (2.9)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    f) Vinyl Coating 0.45 (3.8)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    g) Metal Furniture Coating
     
    1) Air dried 0.36 (3.0)
    0.34* (2.8)*

     
    64
     
    2) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    h) Large Appliance Coating
     
    1) Air dried 0.34 (2.8)
    0.34* (2.8)*
     
    2) Baked 0.34 (2.8)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    (Note: The limitation shall not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers
    for repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided that
    the volume of coating does not exceed 0.95 l (1 quart) in any one rolling
    eight-hour period.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    i) Magnet Wire Coating 0.20 (1.7)
    0.20* (1.7)*
     
    j) Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
    Coating
     
      
     
    1) Clear coating 0.52 (4.3)
    0.52* (4.3)*
     
    2) Extreme performance coating
     
    A) Air dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    B) Baked 0.42 (3.5)
    0.40* (3.3)*
     
    3) Steel pail and drum interior
    coating
    0.52 (4.3)
    0.52* (4.3)*
     
    4) All other coatings
     
    A) Air Dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.40* (3.3)*
     
    B) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.34* (2.8)*

     
    65
     
    5) Marine engine coating
     
    A) Air Dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    B) Baked
     
    i) Primer/Topcoat 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    ii) Corrosion resistant
    basecoat
    0.42 (3.5)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    C) Clear Coating 0.52 (4.3)
    0.52* (4.3)*
     
    6) Metallic Coating
     
    A) Air Dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    B) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.36 (3.0)*
     
    7) Definitions
     
    A) For purposes of subsection 218.204(j)(5) of this Section, the
    following terms are defined:
     
    i) "Corrosion resistant basecoat" means, for purposes of
    subsection 218.204(j)(5)(B)(ii) of this Section, a water-
    borne epoxy coating applied via an electrodeposition
    process to a metal surface prior to spray coating, for the
    purpose of enhancing corrosion resistance.
     
    ii) "Electrodeposition process" means, for purposes of
    subsection 218.204(j)(5) of this Section, a water-borne dip
    coating process in which opposite electrical charges are
    applied to the substrate and the coating. The coating is
    attracted to the substrate due to the electrochemical
    potential difference that is created.
     
    iii) "Marine engine coating" means, for purposes of subsection
    218.204(j)(5) of this Section, any extreme performance

     
    66
    protective, decorative or functional coating applied to an
    engine that is used to propel watercraft.
     
    B) For purposes of subsection 218.204(j)(6) of this Section, "metallic
    coating" means a coating which contains more than 1/4 lb/gal of
    metal particles, as applied.
     
    k) Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle Products
    Coating
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Extreme performance prime coat 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    2) Extreme performance topcoat (air
    dried)
    0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    3) Final repair coat (air dried) 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    4) All other coatings are subject to the emission limitations for miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings in subsection (j) above.
     
    l) Wood Furniture Coating
     
    1) Limitations before March 15,
    1998:
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    A) Clear topcoat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    B) Opaque stain 0.56 (4.7)
     
    C) Pigmented coat 0.60 (5.0)
     
    D) Repair coat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    E) Sealer 0.67 (5.6)
     
    F) Semi-transparent stain 0.79 (6.6)
     
    G) Wash coat 0.73 (6.1)
     
    (Note: Prior to March 15, 1998, an owner or operator of a wood
    furniture coating operation subject to this Section shall apply all
    coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8 l (10 gal) of
    coating per day used for touch-up and repair operations, using one

     
    67
    or more of the following application systems: airless spray
    application system, air-assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic bell or disc
    spray application system, heated airless spray application system,
    roller coating, brush or wipe coating application system, dip
    coating application system or high volume low pressure (HVLP)
    application system.)
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1998, wood furniture sealers and topcoats must
    comply with one of the limitations specified in subsections (l)(2)(A)
    through (E), below:
     
    kg VOM/kg
    solids
    lb VOM/lb
    solids
    A) Topcoat 0.8 (0.8)
     
    B) Sealers and topcoats with
    the following limits:
     
      
     
    i) Sealer other than
    Non-acid-cured
    alkyd amino vinyl
    sealer
    1.9 (1.9)
     
    ii) Topcoat other than
    Non-acid-cured
    alkyd amino
    conversion varnish
    topcoat
    1.8 (1.8)
     
    iii) Acid-cured alkyd
    amino vinyl sealer
    2.3 (2.3)
     
    iv) Acid-cured alkyd
    amino conversion
    varnish topcoat
    2.0 (2.0)
     
    C) Meet the provisions of Section 218.215 of this Subpart for use of
    an averaging approach;
     
    D) Achieve a reduction in emissions equivalent to the requirements of
    subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Section, as calculated using
    Section 218.216 of this Subpart; or
     
    E) Use a combination of the methods specified in subsections
    (l)(2)(A) through (D) of this Section.

     
    68
     
    3) Other wood furniture coating limitations on and after March 15, 1998:
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    A) Opaque stain 0.56 (4.7)
     
    B) Non-topcoat pigmented
    coat
    0.60 (5.0)
     
    C) Repair coat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    D) Semi-transparent stain 0.79 (6.6)
     
    E) Wash coat 0.73 (6.1)
     
    4) Other wood furniture coating requirements on and after March 15, 1998:
     
    A) No source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2) or (3) of
    this Section and utilizing one or more wood furniture coating spray
    booths shall use strippable spray booth coatings containing more
    than 0.8 kg VOM/kg solids (0.8 lb VOM/lb solids), as applied.
     
    B) Any source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2) or (3) of
    this Section shall comply with the requirements of Section 218.217
    of this Subpart.
     
    C) Any source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B)
    of this Section and utilizing one or more continuous coaters shall,
    for each continuous coater, use an initial coating which complies
    with the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Section.
    The viscosity of the coating in each reservoir shall always be
    greater than or equal to the viscosity of the initial coating in the
    reservoir. The owner or operator shall:
     
    i) Monitor the viscosity of the coating in the reservoir with a
    viscosity meter or by testing the viscosity of the initial
    coating and retesting the coating in the reservoir each time
    solvent is added;
     
    ii) Collect and record the reservoir viscosity and the amount
    and weight of VOM per weight of solids of coating and
    solvent each time coating or solvent is added; and
     
    iii) Maintain these records at the source for a period of three
    years.
     

     
    69
    m) Existing Diesel-Electric Locomotive
    Coating Lines in Cook County
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Extreme performance prime coat 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    2) Extreme performance top-coat (air
    dried)
    0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    3) Final repair coat (air dried) 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    4) High-temperature aluminum
    coating
    0.72 (6.0)
    0.72* (6.0)*
     
    5) All other coatings 0.36 (3.0)
    0.36* (3.0)*
     
    n) Plastic Parts Coating:
    Automotive/Transportation
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Interiors
     
    A) Baked
     
    i) Color coat 0.49* (4.1)*
    ii) Primer 0.46* (3.8)*
     
    B) Air Dried
     
    i) Color coat 0.38* (3.2)*
    ii) Primer 0.42* (3.5)*
     
    2) Exteriors (flexible and non-
    flexible)
     
      
     
    A) Baked
     
    i) Primer 0.60* (5.0)*
     
    ii) Primer non-flexible 0.54* (4.5)*
     
    iii) Clear coat 0.52* (4.3)*
     

     
    70
    iv) Color coat 0.55* (4.6)*
     
    B) Air Dried
     
    i) Primer 0.66* (5.5)*
     
     
    ii) Clear coat 0.54* (4.5)*
     
    iii) Color coat (red &
    black)
    0.67* (5.6)*
     
    iv) Color coat (others) 0.61* (5.1)*
     
    3) Specialty
     
    A) Vacuum metallizing
    basecoats, texture
    basecoats
    0.66* (5.5)*
     
    B) Black coatings, reflective
    argent coatings, air bag
    cover coatings, and soft
    coatings
    0.71* (5.9)*
     
    C) Gloss reducers, vacuum
    metallizing topcoats, and
    texture topcoats
    0.77* (6.4)*
     
    D) Stencil coatings, adhesion
    primers, ink pad coatings,
    electrostatic prep coatings,
    and resist coatings
    0.82* (6.8)*
     
    E) Head lamp lens coatings 0.89* (7.4)*
     
    o) Plastic Parts Coating: Business Machine kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Primer 0.14* (1.2)*
     
    2) Color coat (non-texture coat) 0.28* (2.3)*
     
    3) Color coat (texture coat) 0.28* (2.3)*
     
    4) Electromagnetic interference/radio
    frequency interference (EMI/RFI)
    0.48* (4.0)*

     
    71
    shielding coatings
     
    5) Specialty Coatings
     
    A) Soft coat 0.52* (4.3)*
     
    B) Plating resist 0.71* (5.9)*
     
    C) Plating sensitizer 0.85* (7.1)*
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. ____, effective ____)
     
    Section 218.405 Lithographic Printing: Applicability
     
    a) Until March 15, 1996, the limitations of Section 218.406 of this Subpart apply to
    all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for
    cleanup operations associated with the heatset web offset lithographic printing
    line(s)) at a source subject to the requirements of this Subpart. All sources with
    heatset web offset lithographic printing lines are sources subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart unless:
     
    1) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for cleanup operations
    associated with the heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s)) at the
    source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year in the absence
    of air pollution control equipment; or
     
    2) A federally enforceable permit or SIP revision for all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line(s) at a source requires the owner or operator to
    limit production or capacity of these printing line(s) to reduce total VOM
    emissions from all heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) to 90.7
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment.
     
    b) Any owner or operator of any heatset web offset lithographic printing line that is
    exempt from the limitations in Section 218.406 of this Subpart because of the
    criteria in subsection (a) of this Section shall be subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements in Section 218.406(b)(1) of this Subpart.
     
    c) On and after March 15, 1996, every owner or operator of lithographic printing
    line(s) is subject to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Section
    218.411 of this Subpart.
     
    d) On and after March 15, 1996, Sections 218.407 through 218.410 218.411 of this
    Subpart shall apply to:
     

     
    72
    1) All owners or operators of heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s)
    unless:
     
    A) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset
    web offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for
    cleanup operations associated with heatset web offset lithographic
    printing lines) at the source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per
    calendar year before the application of capture systems and control
    devices. To determine a source's total maximum theoretical
    emissions of VOM for the purposes of this subsection, the owner
    or operator shall use the calculations set forth in Section
    218.406(b)(1)(A)(ii) of this Subpart; or
     
    B) Federally enforceable permit conditions or SIP revision for all
    heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) at the source
    requires the owner or operator to limit production or capacity of
    these printing line(s) to total VOM emissions of 90.7 Mg/yr (100
    TPY) or less, before the application of capture systems and control
    devices;
     
    2) All owners or operators of heatset web offset, non-heatset web offset, or
    sheet-fed offset lithographic printing line(s), unless the combined
    emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing line(s) at the source
    (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
    lithographic printing line(s)) never exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), as
    determined in accordance with Section 218.411(a)(1)(B), before the
    application of capture systems and control devices.
     
    e) If a lithographic printing line at a source is or becomes subject to one or more of
    the limitations in Sections 218.406 or 218.407 of this Subpart, the lithographic
    printing line(s) at the source are always subject to the applicable provisions of this
    Subpart.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.406 Provisions Applying to Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Prior to
    March 15, 1996
     
    a) Emission Standards and Limitations. No owner or operator of a heatset web
    offset printing line at a source that meets or exceeds the applicability levels in
    Section 218.405(a) of this Subpart may cause or allow the operation of such
    heatset web offset printing line(s) unless the owner or operator meets the
    requirements in subsections (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this Section and the requirements in
    subsections (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this Section. The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this Section by using the applicable test methods
    and procedures specified in Section 218.105(a), (d), and (f) of this Part and by

     
    73
    complying with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in
    subsection (b) of this Section.
     
    1) An afterburner system is installed and operated that reduces 90 percent of
    the VOM emissions (excluding methane and ethane) from the dryer
    exhaust; or
     
    2) The fountain solution contains no more than 8 percent, by weight, of
    VOM and a condensation recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non-isopropyl alcohol organic materials
    from the dryer exhaust; and
     
    3) The control device is equipped with the applicable monitoring equipment
    specified in Section 218.105(d)(2) of this Part and the monitoring
    equipment is installed, calibrated, operated and maintained according to
    manufacturer's specifications at all times when the control device is in use;
    and
     
    4) The control device is operated at all times when the printing line is in
    operation.
     
    b) Recordkeeping and Reporting. The VOM content of each fountain solution and
    ink and the efficiency of each control device shall be determined by the applicable
    test methods and procedures specified in Section 218.105 of this Part to establish
    the records required under this subsection.
     
    1) Any owner or operator of a lithographic printing line which is exempted
    from the limitations of subsection (a) of this Section because of the criteria
    in 218.405(a) of this Subpart shall comply with the following:
     
    A) By a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, the owner or
    operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line to which
    subsection (b)(1) of this Section is applicable shall certify to the
    Agency that the heatset web offset lithographic printing line is
    exempt under the provisions of Section 218.405(a) of this Subpart.
    Such certification shall include:
     
    i) A declaration that the heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line is exempt from the limitations of subsection
    (a) of this Section because of the criteria in Section
    218.405(a) of this Subpart; and
     
    ii) Calculations which demonstrate that total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing lines at the source never exceed 90.7
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the application of

     
    74
    air pollution control equipment. Total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM for a heatset web offset
    lithographic printing source is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM from each heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line at the source. The following
    equation shall be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment for each heatset
    web offset lithographic printing line at the source:
     
    Ep = (R x A x B) + [(C x D) + 1095 (Fx Gx H)]
    100
     
    where:
     
    Ep = Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from
    one heatset web offset printing line in units of kg/yr
    (lb/yr);
     
    A = Weight of VOM per volume of solids of ink with
    the highest VOM content as applied each year on
    the printing line in units of kg/1 (lb/gal) of solids;
     
    B = Total volume of solids for all inks that can
    potentially be applied each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The instrument or method
    by which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of each ink as
    applied and the amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing line shall be
    described in the certification to the Agency;
     
    C = Weight of VOM per volume of fountain solution
    with the highest VOM content as applied each year
    on the printing line in units of kg/l (lb/gal) The
    weight percent VOM of the fountain solution with
    the highest VOM content;
     
    D = The total volume of fountain solution that can
    potentially be used each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The instrument and/or
    method by which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of each fountain
    solution used and the amount that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line shall be
    described in the certification to the Agency;

     
    75
     
    F = Weight of VOM per volume of material for the
    cleanup material or solvent with the highest VOM
    content as used each year on the printing line in
    units of Kg/l (lb/gal) of such material;
     
    G = The greatest volume of cleanup material or solvent
    used in any 8-hour period; and
     
    H = The highest fraction of cleanup material or solvent
    which is not recycled or recovered for offsite
    disposal during any 8-hour period.
     
    R = The multiplier representing the amount of VOM not
    retained in the substrate being used. For paper, R =
    0.8. For foil, plastic, or other impervious substrates,
    R = 1.0.
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, the
    owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    to which subsection (b)(1) of this Section is applicable shall collect
    and record all of the following information each year for each
    printing line and maintain the information at the source for a
    period of three years:
     
    i) The name and identification of each fountain solution and
    ink as applied on each printing line; and
     
    ii) The VOM content and the volume of each fountain solution
    and ink as applied each year on each printing line.
     
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, the
    owner or operator of a source exempted from the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section because of the criteria in Section
    218.405(a) of this Subpart shall notify the Agency of any record
    showing that total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from
    all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) in any calendar year in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment by sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedence occurs.
     
    2) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section and complying by means of subsection (a)(1)
    of this Section shall comply with the following:
     

     
    76
    A) By a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon changing the method
    of compliance for an existing printing line from subsection (a)(2)
    to (a)(1) of this Section, perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject printing line will be in compliance with subsection
    (a)(1) of this Section on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106 of this Part, or on and after the initial start-up date;
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, or
    on and after the initial start-up date, collect and record the
    following information each day for each printing line and maintain
    the information at the source for a period of three years:
     
    i) Control device monitoring data;
     
    ii) A log of operating time for the control device, monitoring
    equipment and the associated printing line; and
     
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device and monitoring
    equipment detailing all routine and nonroutine maintenance
    performed including dates and duration of any outages;
     
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part,
    notify the Agency in the following instances:
     
    i) Any violation of subsection (a)(1) of this Section shall be
    reported to the Agency, in writing, within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation;
     
    ii) Any record showing a violation of subsection (a)(1) of this
    Section shall be reported by sending a copy of such record
    to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of
    the violation; and
     
    iii) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(1) to (a)(2) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(3)(A) of this Section. Upon changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(1) to (a)(2) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(3) of this Section.
     

     
    77
    3) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section and complying by means of subsection (a)(2)
    of this Section shall:
     
    A) By a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon changing the method
    of compliance for an existing printing line from subsection (a)(1)
    to (a)(2) of this Section, perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    and the USEPA the results of all tests and calculations necessary to
    demonstrate that the subject printing line will be in compliance
    with subsection (a)(2) of this Section on and after a date consistent
    with Section 218.106 of this Part, or on and after the initial start-up
    date;
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part, or
    on and after the initial start-up date, collect and record the
    following information each day for each printing line and maintain
    the information at the source for a period of three years:
     
    i) The VOM content of the fountain solution used each day
    on each printing line;
     
    ii) A log of operating time for the control device and the
    associated printing line; and
     
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device detailing all
    routine and non-routine maintenance performed including
    dates and duration of any outages;
     
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part,
    notify the Agency in the following instances:
     
    i) Any violation of subsection (a)(2) shall be reported to the
    Agency, in writing, within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation;
     
    ii) Any record showing a violation of subsection (a)(2) of this
    Section shall be reported by sending a copy of such record
    to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of
    the violation; and
     
    iii) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(2) to (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(2)(A) of this Section. Upon changing the method of

     
    78
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(2) to (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(2) of this Section.
     
    c) Compliance Schedule. Every owner or operator of a heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in accordance with the applicable
    compliance schedule specified in subsections (c)(1), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this
    Section:
     
    1) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    which is exempt from the limitations of subsection (a) of this Section
    because of the criteria in Section 218.405 (a) of this Subpart shall operate
    said printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this
    Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to
    comply with, Sections 218.405(a) and 218.406(b)(1) of this Subpart.
     
    2) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    complying by means of subsection (a)(1) of this Section shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part,
    unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, subsections (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4) and (b)(2) of this Section.
     
    3) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    complying by means of subsection (a)(2) of this Section shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 218.106 of this Part,
    unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, subsections (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4) and (b)(3) of this Section.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.407 Emission Limitations and Control Requirements for Lithographic Printing
    Lines On and After March 15, 1996
     
    a) On and after March 15, 1996, no owner or operator of lithographic printing line(s)
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall:
     
    1) Cause or allow the operation of any heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line unless:
     
    A) The total VOM content in the as-applied fountain solution meets
    one of the following conditions:
     
    i) 1.6 percent or less, by volume;
     

     
    79
    ii) 3 percent or less, by volume, and the temperature of the
    fountain solution is maintained below 15.6
    o
    C (60
    o
    F),
    measured at the reservoir or the fountain tray; or
     
    iii) 5 percent or less, by volume, and the as-applied fountain
    solution contains no alcohol;
     
    B) The air pressure in the dryer is maintained lower than the air
    pressure of the press room, such that air flow through all openings
    in the dryer, other than the exhaust, is into the dryer at all times
    when the printing line is operating;
     
    C) An afterburner is installed and operated so that VOM emissions
    (excluding methane and ethane) from the press dryer exhaust(s) are
    reduced by 90 percent, by weight, or to a maximum afterburner
    exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
     
    D) The afterburner is equipped with the applicable monitoring
    equipment specified in Section 218.105(d)(2) of this Part and the
    monitoring equipment is installed, calibrated, operated, and
    maintained according to manufacturer's specifications at all times
    when the afterburner is in use; and
     
    E) The afterburner is operated at all times when the printing line is in
    operation, except the afterburner may be shut down between
    November 1 and April 1 as provided in Section 218.107 of this
    Part;
     
    2) Cause or allow the operation of any non-heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line unless the VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is
    5 percent or less, by volume, and the as-applied fountain solution contains
    no alcohol;
     
    3) Cause or allow the operation of any sheet-fed offset lithographic printing
    line unless:
     
    A) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 5 percent
    or less, by volume; or
     
    B) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 8.5 percent
    or less, by volume, and the temperature of the fountain solution is
    maintained below 15.6
    o
    C (60
    o
    F), measured at the reservoir or the
    fountain tray;
     
    4) Cause or allow the use of a cleaning solution on any lithographic printing
    line unless:

     
    80
     
    A) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution is less than or
    equal to 30 percent, by weight; or
     
    B) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of the as-used cleaning
    solution is less than 10 mmHg at 20
    o
    C (68
    o
    F);
     
    5) Cause or allow VOM containing cleaning materials, including used
    cleaning towels, associated with any lithographic printing line to be kept,
    stored or disposed of in any manner other than in closed containers.
     
    b) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to
    the requirements of subsection (a)(1)(C) of this Section may use a control device
    other than an afterburner, if:
     
    1) The control device reduces VOM emissions from the press dryer
    exhaust(s) by at least 90 percent, by weight, or to a maximum control
    device exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
     
    2) The owner or operator submits a plan to the Agency detailing appropriate
    monitoring devices, test methods, recordkeeping requirements, and
    operating parameters for the control device; and
     
    3) The use of the control device with testing, monitoring, and recordkeeping
    in accordance with this plan is approved by the Agency and USEPA as
    federally enforceable permit conditions.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.410 Monitoring Requirements for Lithographic Printing
     
    a) Fountain Solution Temperature.
     
    1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line(s) relying on the
    temperature of the fountain solution to demonstrate compliance shall
    install, maintain, and continuously operate a temperature monitor of the
    fountain solution in the reservoir or fountain tray, as applicable.
     
    2) The temperature monitor must be capable of reading with an accuracy of
    1
    o
    C or 2
    o
    C 0.3
    o
    C or 0.5
    °
    F, and must be attached to an automatic,
    continuous recording device such as a strip chart, recorder, or computer,
    with at least the same accuracy, that is installed, calibrated and maintained
    in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. If the automatic,
    continuous recording device malfunctions, the owner or operator shall
    record the temperature of the fountain solution at least once every two

     
    81
    operating hours. The automatic, continuous recording device shall be
    repaired or replaced as soon as practicable.
     
    b) Fountain Solution VOM Content. The owner or operator of any lithographic
    printing line(s) subject to Section 218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this
    Subpart shall:
     
    1) For a fountain solution to which VOM is not added automatically:
     
    A) Maintain records of the VOM content of the fountain solution in
    accordance with Section 218.411(c)(2)(C); or
     
    B) Take a sample of the as-applied fountain solution from the fountain
    tray or reservoir, as applicable, each time a fresh batch of fountain
    solution is prepared or each time VOM is added to an existing
    batch of fountain solution in the fountain tray or reservoir, and
    shall determine compliance with the VOM content limitation of the
    as-applied fountain solution by using one of the following options:
     
    i) With a refractometer or hydrometer with a visual, analog,
    or digital readout and with an accuracy of 0.5 percent. The
    refractometer or hydrometer must be calibrated with a
    standard solution for the type of VOM used in the fountain
    solution, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications,
    against measurements performed to determine compliance.
    The refractometer or hydrometer must be corrected for
    temperature at least once per 8-hour shift or once per batch
    of fountain solution prepared or modified, whichever is
    longer; or
     
    ii) With a conductivity meter if it is demonstrated that a
    refractometer and hydrometer cannot distinguish between
    compliant and noncompliant fountain solution for the type
    and amount of VOM in the fountain solution. A source
    may use a conductivity meter if it demonstrates that both
    hydrometers and refractometers fail to provide significantly
    different measurements for standard solutions containing
    95 percent, 100 percent and 105 percent of the applicable
    VOM content limit. The conductivity meter reading for the
    fountain solution must be referenced to the conductivity of
    the incoming water. A standard solution shall be used to
    calibrate the conductivity meter for the type of VOM used
    in the fountain solution, in accordance with manufacturer's
    specifications;
     

     
    82
    2) For fountain solutions to which VOM is added at the source with
    automatic feed equipment, determine the VOM content of the as-applied
    fountain solution based on the setting of the automatic feed equipment
    which makes additions of VOM up to a pre-set level. Records must be
    retained of the VOM content of the fountain solution in accordance with
    Section 218.411(c)(2)(D) of this Subpart. The equipment used to make
    automatic additions must be installed, calibrated, operated and maintained
    in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
     
    c) Afterburners For Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Line(s).
     
    If an afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a
    heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to Section 218.407(a)(1)(C)
    of this Subpart shall:
     
    1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate temperature monitoring device(s)
    with an accuracy of 3
    o
    C or 5
    o
    F on the afterburner in accordance with
    Section 218.105(d)(2) of this Part and in accordance with the
    manufacturer's specifications. Monitoring shall be performed at all times
    when the afterburner is operating; and
     
    2) Install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with manufacturer's
    specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature monitoring
    device(s), such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, with at least the
    same accuracy as the temperature monitor.
     
    d) Other Control Devices for Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Line(s). If a
    control device other than an afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the
    owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to this
    Subpart shall install, maintain, calibrate and operate such monitoring equipment
    as set forth in the owner or operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA
    pursuant to Section 218.407(b) of this Subpart.
     
    e) Cleaning Solution.
     
    1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line relying on the
    VOM content of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
    218.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart must:
     
    A) For cleaning solutions that are prepared at the source with
    equipment that automatically mixes cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM):
     
    i) Install, operate, maintain, and calibrate the automatic feed
    equipment in accordance with manufacturer's specifications

     
    83
    to regulate the volume of each of the cleaning solvent and
    water (or other non-VOM), as mixed; and
     
    ii) Pre-set the automatic feed equipment so that the
    consumption rates of the cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM), as applied, comply with Section
    218.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart;
     
    B) For cleaning solutions that are not prepared at the source with
    automatic feed equipment, keep records of the usage of cleaning
    solvent and water (or other non-VOM) as set forth in Section
    218.411(d)(2) of this Subpart.
     
    2) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line relying on the
    vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
    218.407(a)(4)(B) of this Subpart must keep records for such cleaning
    solutions used on any such line(s) as set forth in Section 218.411(d)(2)(C)
    of this Subpart.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.411 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Lithographic Printing
     
    a) An owner or operator of lithographic printing line(s) exempt from the limitations
    of Section 218.407 of this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 218.405(d) of
    this Subpart shall comply with the following:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, upon initial start-up of a new lithographic printing
    line, and upon modification of a lithographic printing line, submit a
    certification to the Agency that includes:
     
    A) A declaration that the source is exempt from the control
    requirements in Section 218.407 of this Part because of the criteria
    in Section 218.405(d) of this Subpart;
     
    B) Calculations which demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM
    from all lithographic printing lines (including inks, fountain
    solutions, and solvents used for cleanup operations associated with
    the lithographic printing lines) at the source never exceed 45.5
    kg/day (100 lbs/day) before the use of capture systems and control
    devices, as follows:
     
    i) To calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or
    operator shall determine the monthly emissions of VOM
    from all lithographic printing lines at the source (including
    solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the

     
    84
    lithographic printing lines) and divide this amount by the
    number of days during that calendar month that
    lithographic printing lines at the source were in operation;
     
    ii) To determine the VOM content of the inks, fountain
    solution additives and cleaning solvents, the tests methods
    and procedures set forth in Section 218.409(c) of this
    Subpart shall be used;
     
    iii) To determine VOM emissions from inks used on
    lithographic printing line(s) at the source, an ink emission
    adjustment factor of 0.05 shall be used in calculating
    emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an
    impervious substrate, and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in
    calculating emissions from all heatset inks to account for
    VOM retention in the substrate except when using an
    impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as
    metal or plastic, no emission adjustment factor is used. The
    VOM content of the ink, as used, shall be multiplied by this
    factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the
    use of ink on the printing line(s); and
     
    iv) To determine VOM emissions from fountain solutions and
    cleaning solvents used on lithographic printing line(s) at the
    source, no retention factor is used;
     
    C) Either a declaration that the source, through federally enforceable
    permit conditions, has limited its maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM from all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines
    (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with
    heatset web offset printing lines) at the source to no more than 90.7
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices or calculations which demonstrate that
    the source's total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM do not
    exceed 90.7 Mg/yr (100 TPY). To determine the source's total
    maximum theoretical emissions for the purposes of this subsection,
    the owner or operator shall use the calculations set forth in Section
    218.406(b)(1)(A)(ii) of this Subpart; and
     
    D) A description and the results of all tests used to determine the
    VOM content of inks, fountain solution additives, and cleaning
    solvents, and a declaration that all such tests have been properly
    conducted in accordance with Section 218.409(c)(1) of this
    Subpart;
     

     
    85
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record either the information
    specified in subsection (a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(B) of this Section for all
    lithographic printing lines at the source:
     
    A) Standard recordkeeping, including the following:
     
    i) The name and identification of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line, recorded each month;
     
    ii) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing
    line at the source was in operation on that day;
     
    iii) The VOM content and the volume of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line, recorded each month;
     
    iv) The total VOM emissions at the source each month,
    determined as the sum of the product of usage and VOM
    content for each fountain solution additive, cleaning
    solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
    emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each
    month; and
     
    v) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
    accordance with Section 218.411(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart;
     
    B) Purchase and inventory recordkeeping, including the following:
     
    i) The name, identification, and VOM content of each
    fountain solution additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning
    solvent used on any lithographic printing line, recorded
    each month;
     
    ii) Inventory records from the beginning and end of each
    month indicating the total volume of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent to be used
    on any lithographic printing line at the source;
     
    iii) Monthly purchase records for each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line at the source;
     
    iv) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing
    line at the source was in operation on that day;
     

     
    86
    v) The total VOM emissions at the source each month,
    determined as the sum of the product of usage and VOM
    content for each fountain solution additive, cleaning
    solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
    emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each
    month based on the monthly inventory and purchase
    records required to be maintained pursuant to subsections
    (a)(2)(B)(i), (a)(2)(B)(ii) and (a)(2)(B)(iii) of this Section;
    and
     
    vi) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
    accordance with Section 218.411(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing if the
    combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines
    (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup
    operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source
    ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
    and control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs. Such
    notification shall include a copy of all records of such event.
     
    b) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) subject
    to the control requirements of Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart
    shall comply with the following:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, upon initial start-up of a new printing line, and upon
    initial start-up of a new control device for a heatset web offset printing
    line, submit a certification to the Agency that includes the following:
     
    A) An identification of each heatset web offset lithographic printing
    line at the source;
     
    B) A declaration that each heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    is in compliance with the requirements of Section 218.407 (a) (1)
    (B), (a) (1) (C), (a) (1) (D) and (a) (1) (E) or (b) of this Subpart, as
    appropriate;
     
    C) The type of afterburner or other approved control device used to
    comply with the requirements of Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or
    (b)(1) of this Subpart;
     
    D) The control requirements in Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of
    this Subpart with which the lithographic printing line is complying;
     

     
    87
    E) The results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the control requirements of Section
    218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as applicable; and
     
    F) A declaration that the monitoring equipment required under
    Section 218.407(a)(1)(D) or (b) of this Subpart, as applicable, has
    been properly installed and calibrated according to manufacturer's
    specifications;
     
    2) If testing of the afterburner or other approved control device is conducted
    pursuant to Section 218.409(b) of this Subpart, the owner or operator
    shall, within 90 days after conducting such testing, submit a copy of all
    test results to the Agency and shall submit a certification to the Agency
    that includes the following:
     
    A) A declaration that all tests and calculations necessary to
    demonstrate whether the lithographic printing line(s) is in
    compliance with Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this
    Subpart, as applicable, have been properly performed;
     
    B) A statement whether the lithographic printing line(s) is or is not in
    compliance with Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this
    Subpart, as applicable; and
     
    C) The operating parameters of the afterburner or other approved
    control device during testing, as monitored in accordance with
    Section 218.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as applicable;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record daily the following
    information for each heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject
    to the requirements of Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart:
     
    A) Afterburner or other approved control device monitoring data in
    accordance with Section 218.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as
    applicable;
     
    B) A log of operating time for the afterburner or other approved
    control device, monitoring equipment, and the associated printing
    line;
     
    C) A maintenance log for the afterburner or other approved control
    device and monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-
    routine maintenance performed, including dates and duration of
    any outages; and
     

     
    88
    D) A log detailing checks on the air flow direction or air pressure of
    the dryer and press room to insure compliance with the
    requirements of Section 218.407(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart at least
    once per 24-hour period while the line is operating;
     
    4) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing of any
    violation of Section 218.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart within 30
    days after the occurrence of such violation. Such notification shall include
    a copy of all records of such violation;
     
    5) If changing its method of compliance between subsections (a)(1)(C) and
    (b) of Section 218.407 of this Subpart, certify compliance for the new
    method of compliance in accordance with subsection (b)(1) of this Section
    at least 30 days before making such change, and perform all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing line(s) will be in
    compliance with the requirements of Section 218.407(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C),
    (a)(1)(D) and (a)(1)(E) of this Subpart, or Section 218.407(b) of this
    Subpart, as applicable.
     
    c) An owner or operator of a lithographic printing line subject to Section
    218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart, shall:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, and upon initial start-up of a new lithographic
    printing line, certify to the Agency that fountain solutions used on each
    lithographic printing line will be in compliance with the applicable VOM
    content limitation. Such certification shall include:
     
    A) Identification of each lithographic printing line at the source, by
    type, e.g., heatset web offset, non-heatset web offset, or sheet-fed
    offset;
     
    B) Identification of each centralized fountain solution reservoir and
    each lithographic printing line that it serves;
     
    C) The VOM content limitation with which each fountain solution
    will comply;
     
    D) Initial documentation that each type of fountain solution will
    comply with the applicable VOM content limitation, including
    copies of manufacturer's specifications, test results, if any,
    formulation data and calculations;
     
    E) Identification of the method that will be used to demonstrate
    continuing compliance with the applicable limitation, e.g., a
    refractometer, hydrometer, conductivity meter, or recordkeeping

     
    89
    procedures with detailed description of the compliance
    methodology; and
     
    F) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to Section
    218.411(c)(2) of this Subpart.
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record the following information
    for each fountain solution:
     
    A) The name and identification of each batch of fountain solution
    prepared for use on one or more lithographic printing lines, the
    lithographic printing line(s) or centralized reservoir using such
    batch of fountain solution, and the applicable VOM content
    limitation for the batch;
     
    B) If an owner or operator uses a hydrometer, refractometer, or
    conductivity meter, pursuant to Section 218.410(b)(1)(B), to
    demonstrate compliance with the applicable VOM content limit in
    Section 218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart:
     
    i) The date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    ii) The results of each measurement taken in accordance with
    Section 218.410(b) of this Subpart;
     
    iii) Documentation of the periodic calibration of the meter in
    accordance with the manufacturer's specifications,
    including date and time of calibration, personnel
    conducting, identity of standard solution, and resultant
    reading; and
     
    iv) Documentation of the periodic temperature adjustment of
    the meter, including date and time of adjustment, personnel
    conducting and results;
     
    C) If the VOM content of the fountain solution is determined pursuant
    to Section 218.410(b)(1)(A) of this Subpart, for each batch of as-
    applied fountain solution:
     
    i) Date and time of preparation and each subsequent
    modification of the batch;
     
    ii) Volume and VOM content of each component used in, or
    subsequently added to, the fountain solution batch;
     

     
    90
    iii) Calculated VOM content of the as-applied fountain
    solution; and
     
    iv) Any other information necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the applicable VOM content limits in
    Section 218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Subpart,
    as specified in the source's operating permit;
     
    D) If the VOM content of the fountain solution is determined pursuant
    to Section 218.410(b)(2) of this Subpart, for each setting:
     
    i) VOM content limit corresponding to each setting;
     
    ii) Date and time of initial setting and each subsequent setting;
     
    iii) Documentation of the periodic calibration of the
    automatic feed equipment in accordance with the
    manufacturer’s specifications; and
     
    iv) Any other information necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the applicable VOM content limits in
    Sections 218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Subpart,
    as specified in the source’s operating permit.
     
    ED) If the owner or operator relies on the temperature of the fountain
    solution to comply with the requirements in Section
    218.407(a)(1)(A)(ii) or (a)(3)(B) of this Subpart:
     
    i) The temperature of the fountain solution at each printing
    line, as monitored in accordance with Section 218.410(a);
    and
     
    ii) A maintenance log for the temperature monitoring devices
    and automatic, continuous temperature recorders detailing
    all routine and non-routine maintenance performed,
    including dates and duration of any outages;
     
    3) Notify the Agency in writing of any violation of Section 218.407 of this
    Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation. Such
    notification shall include a copy of all records of such violation; and
     
    4) If changing its method of demonstrating compliance with the applicable
    VOM content limitations in Section 218.407 of this Subpart, or changing
    the method of demonstrating compliance with the VOM content
    limitations for fountain solutions pursuant to Section 218.409 of this
    Subpart, certify compliance for such new method(s) in accordance with

     
    91
    subsection (c)(1) of this Section within 30 days after making such change,
    and perform all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate that such
    printing line(s) will be in compliance with the applicable requirements of
    Section 218.407 of this Subpart.
     
    d) For lithographic printing line cleaning operations, an owner or operator of a
    lithographic printing line subject to the requirements of Section 218.407 of this
    Subpart shall:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, and or upon initial start-up of a new lithographic
    printing line, certify to the Agency that all cleaning solutions, and the
    handling of cleaning materials, will be in compliance with the
    requirements of Section 218.407(a)(4)(A) or (a)(4)(B) and (a)(5) of this
    Subpart, and such certification shall also include:
     
    A) Identification of each VOM-containing cleaning solution used on
    each lithographic printing line;
     
    B) The limitation with which each VOM-containing cleaning solution
    will comply, i.e., the VOM content or vapor pressure;
     
    C) Initial documentation that each VOM-containing cleaning solution
    will comply with the applicable limitation, including copies of
    manufacturer's specifications, test results, if any, formulation data
    and calculations;
     
    D) Identification of the method that will be used to demonstrate
    continuing compliance with the applicable limitations;
     
    E) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to Section
    218.411(d)(2) of this Subpart; and
     
    F) A description of the practices that assure that VOM-containing
    cleaning materials are kept in closed containers;
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record the following information
    for each cleaning solution used on each lithographic printing line:
     
    A) For each cleaning solution for which the owner or operator relies
    on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance with Section
    218.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart and which is prepared at the
    source with automatic equipment:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
     

     
    92
    ii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
    solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    218.409(c) of this Subpart;
     
    iii) Each change to the setting of the automatic equipment, with
    date, time, description of changes in the cleaning solution
    constituents (e.g., cleaning solvents), and a description of
    changes to the proportion of cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM);
     
    iv) The proportion of each cleaning solvent and water (or other
    non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning solution;
     
    v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
    supporting calculations; and
     
    vi) A calibration log for the automatic equipment, detailing
    periodic checks;
     
    B) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
    operator relies on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance
    with Section 218.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart, and which is not
    prepared at the source with automatic equipment:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
     
    ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    iii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
    solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    218.409(c) of this Subpart;
     
    iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning
    solution; and
     
    v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
    supporting calculations;
     
    C) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
    operator relies on the vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to
    demonstrate compliance with Section 218.407(a)(4)(B) of this
    Subpart:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;

     
    93
     
    ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    iii) The molecular weight, density, and VOM composite partial
    vapor pressure of each cleaning solvent, as determined in
    accordance with Section 218.409(e) of this Subpart;
     
    iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent used to prepare
    the as-used cleaning solution; and
     
    v) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each as-used
    cleaning solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    218.409(e) of this Subpart;
     
    D) The date, time and duration of scheduled inspections performed to
    confirm the proper use of closed containers to control VOM
    emissions, and any instances of improper use of closed containers,
    with descriptions of actual practice and corrective action taken, if
    any;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing of any
    violation of Section 218.407 of this Subpart within 30 days after the
    occurrence of such violation. Such notification shall include a copy of all
    records of such violation; and
     
    4) If changing its method of demonstrating compliance with the requirements
    of Section 218.407(a)(4) of this Subpart, or changing between automatic
    and manual methods of preparing cleaning solutions, certify compliance
    for such new method in accordance with subsection (d)(1) of this Section,
    within 30 days after making such change, and perform all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing line(s) will be in
    compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 218.407(a)(4) of
    this Subpart.
     
    e) The owner or operator shall maintain all records required by this Section at the
    source for a minimum period of three years and shall make all records available to
    the Agency upon request.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART Z: DRY CLEANERS
     
    Section 218.601 Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners (Repealed)
     
     
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning operation which uses perchloroethylene shall:

     
    94
     
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly designed and functioning carbon
    adsorption system or equally effective control device; and
     
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VOM from the dryer control device before
    dilution, or achieve a 90 percent average reduction before dilution; and
     
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking liquid VOM; and
     
    d)
    Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that the residue contains 25 kg (55
    lb) or less of VOM per 100 kg (220 lb) of wet waste material; and
     
    e)
    Reduce the VOM from all solvent stills to 60 kg (132 lb) or less per 100 kg (220
    lb) of wet waste material; and
     
    f)
    Drain all filtration cartridges in the filter housing or other sealed container for at
    least 24 hours before discarding the cartridges; and
     
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment connected to an emission
    reduction system or in a manner that will eliminate emission of VOM to the
    atmosphere.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.602 Applicability (Repealed)
     
    The provisions of Section 218.601 of this Part are not applicable to perchloroethylene dry
    cleaning operations which are coin-operated or to dry cleaning operations consuming less than
    30 gal per month (360 gal per year) of perchloroethylene.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.603 Leaks (Repealed)
     
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section 218.601(c) of this Part by a
    visual inspection of the following: hose connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door
    gaskets and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps; base tanks and storage containers;
    water separators; filter sludge recovery; distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART HH: MOTOR VEHICLE REFINISHING
     
    Section 218.790 General Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
     

     
    95
    On and after the compliance date specified in Section 218.791 of this Subpart, every owner or
    operator of a motor vehicle refinishing operation shall maintain the following records for the
    most recent consecutive 3 years. Such records shall be made available to the Agency
    immediately upon request:
     
    a)
    The name and manufacturer of each coating and surface preparation product used
    at the source each month;
     
    b)
    The volume of each category of coating, as set forth in Section 218.780 of this
    Subpart, purchased by the source each month;
     
    c)
    The coating mixing instructions, as stated on the container, in literature supplied
    with the coating, or otherwise specified by the manufacturer, for each coating
    purchased by the source each month;
     
    d)
    The VOM content, expressed as weight of VOM per volume of coating, minus
    water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of
    VOM, recorded on a monthly basis for:
     
    1)
    Each coating as purchased, if the coating is not mixed with any additives
    prior to application on the substrate; or
     
    2)
    Each coating after mixing according to manufacturer's instructions as
    collected pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section;
     
    e)
    The weighted average VOM content of the coating, as specified in Section
    218.780(d)(1), (d)(2) or (d)(3) of this Subpart, for each basecoat/clearcoat, and
    three or four stage coating system purchased by the source, recorded on a monthly
    basis;
     
    f)
    The total monthly volume of all specialty coatings purchased and the percentage
    specialty coatings comprise in the aggregate of all coatings purchased by the
    source each month;
     
    g)
    The volume of each category of surface preparation material, as set forth in
    Section 218.786 of this Subpart, purchased by the source each month; and
     
    h)
    The VOM content, expressed as weight of VOM per volume of material,
    including water, of each surface preparation material purchased by the source,
    recorded on a monthly basis.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     

     
    96
    Section 218.792 Registration
     
    a) Every owner or operator of a motor vehicle refinishing operation shall register
    with the Agency on or before the date specified in Section 218.791 of this Subpart
    and re-register no later than 45 days following the end of each subsequent
    calendar year. The following information shall be included in this registration:
     
    1) The name and address of the source, and the name and telephone number
    of the person responsible for submitting the registration information;
     
    2) A description of all coating operations of motor vehicles, mobile
    equipment, or their parts or components, and all associated surface
    preparation operations at the source;
     
    3) A description of all coating applicators used at the source to comply with
    Section 218.784(a) of this Subpart, if applicable;
     
    4) A description of all cleanup operations at the source, including equipment
    used to comply with Section 218.784(b) of this Subpart, if applicable;
     
    5) A description of all work practices at the source used to comply with
    Section 218.787 of this Subpart;
     
    6) If a source claims to be exempt from the equipment requirements in
    Section 218.784 of this Subpart because it uses less than 20 gallons of
    coating per year, the owner's or operator's certification that the annual
    usage is below this level;
     
    7) A written declaration stating whether the source is complying with this
    Subpart by using coatings that comply with the applicable VOM content
    limits in Section 218.780 of this Subpart or by control equipment as
    specified in Section 218.782; and
     
    8) A description of any control devices used to comply with Section 218.782
    of this Subpart and the date(s) the device was installed and became
    operational.
     
    b) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance to or from
    Sections 218.780 and 218.782, the owner or operator of a motor vehicle
    refinishing operation shall notify the Agency and certify that the source is in
    compliance with the applicable requirements for the new method of compliance.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 218.Appendix B VOM Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency (Repealed)
     

     
    97
    Procedure G.1 - Captured VOM Emissions
     
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the volatile organic materials
    (VOM) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture efficiency (CE) for
    surface coating and printing operations. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain
    site-specific situations, e.g., when: (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the
    quantity of VOM at the control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in
    the process and are present in the captured emissions.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM captured (G) is calculated as the sum of the products of the
    VOM content (CGj), the flow rate (QGj), and the sample time (TC) from each captured
    emissions point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    captured or fugitive emissions point as follows: QGj = 5.5 percent and CGj =
    5.0
    percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G is estimated at about
    7.4
    percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the

     
    98
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the
    sample pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the
    flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If captured or fugitive emissions
    are to be measured at multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common
    sample gas manifold and FIA. The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be
    heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    5.0
    percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    2 percent
    from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.

     
    99
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane or
    carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are captured from the affected emission unit. Using
    Method 1, determine the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each captured emissions point during
    the entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple captured
    emission locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the
    VOM responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA according to the
    procedure in Section 5.1.
     
    4.2.2 Conduct a system check according to the procedure in Section 5.3.
     

     
    100
    4.2.3 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.4 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position.
     
    4.2.5 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.6 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120
    5
    NC.
     
    4.2.7 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple captured emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for
    the same amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for
    the entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the
    test run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the measurements at each sampling location until two times the response time
    of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute and record the
    concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Locate all NDO's of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO's,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO's.
     
    4.3.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3. NOTE: This sample train shall be a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured emissions.
     
    4.3.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to 4.2.7.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOC concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     

     
    101
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate and
    pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct the system drift checks at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
     
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6. NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
      
    =
    area of NDO i, ft2;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in the enclosure, ft2;
     
    CBi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i, ppm
    propane;
     
    CB
      
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CGj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of captured emissions at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     

     
    102
    CD0
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CH
      
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
      
    =
    uncorrected average background VOM concentration measured at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    Cj
      
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    G
      
    =
    total VOM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    K1
      
    =
    1.830 x 10-6 kg/(m3-ppm);
     
    n
      
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QGj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at captured
    emissions point j, m3/min;
     
    TC
      
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling run, min.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Captured Emissions.
     
    n
    G
    =
    ? (CGj - CB ) QGj TC K1
      
    Eq. 1
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point j.
     
    CGj
    =
    (Cj - CD0) CH
      
    Eq. 2
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.3 Background VOM Concentration at Point i.
     
    CBi
    =
    (Ci - CD0) CH
      
    Eq. 3
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.4 Average Background Concentration.
     
    n

     
    103
    ? CBi Ai
    CB
      
    =
    i-1
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 4
        
    nAN
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure G.2 - Captured VOM Emissions (Dilution Technique)
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the volatile organic materials
    (VOM) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of a gas/gas protocol in which fugitive emissions are measured for determining
    VOM capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. A dilution system is
    used to reduce the VOM concentration of the captured emission to about the same concentration
    as the fugitive emissions. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain site-specific situations,
    e.g., when: (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the quantity of VOM at the
    control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in the process and are
    present in the captured emissions.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM captured (G) is calculated as the sum of the products of the
    VOM content (CGj), the flow rate (QGj), and the sampling time (TC) from each captured
    emissions point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    captured or fugitive emissions point as follows: QGj =
    5.5 percent and C
    Gj =
    5 percent. Based
    on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G is estimated at about
    7.4 percent.
     
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Dilution System. A Kipp in-stack dilution probe and controller or similar device may be
    used. The dilution rate may be changed by substituting different critical orifices or adjustments

     
    104
    of the aspirator supply pressure. The dilution system shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation. Note: An out-of-stack dilution device may be used.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow control valve and rotameter
    must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the sample
    pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the
    flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If captured or fugitive emissions
    are to be measured at multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common
    sample gas manifold and FIA. The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be
    heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    5.0
    percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.

     
    105
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic
    material (as propane or carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever
    is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.9.4 Dilution Check Gas. Gas mixture standard containing propane in air, approximately half
    the span value after dilution.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are captured from the affected facility. Using Method 1,
    determine the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     

     
    106
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each captured emissions point during
    the entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are a multiple
    captured emissions locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to
    determine the VOM responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA according to the
    procedure in Section 5.1.
     
    4.2.2 Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor according to the procedure in
    Section 5.3.
     
    4.2.3 Conduct a system check according to the procedure in Section 5.4.
     
    4.2.4 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.5 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Measure the system response time as the
    time required for the system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has
    been returned to the effluent sampling position.
     
    4.2.6 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.4. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.7 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120
    5
    NC.
     
    4.2.8 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple captured emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for
    the same amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for
    the entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the
    test run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the measurements at each sampling location until two times the response time
    of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute and record the
    concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Locate all NDO's of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO's,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO's.

     
    107
     
    4.3.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.4.
     
    4.3.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to 4.2.8.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system after
    the dilution system and adjust the back- pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the
    flow rates specified by the manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases
    and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and
    mid-range gases and record the responses of the measurement system. The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of
    the respective gas values. If the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the
    system and repeat the linearity check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling
    the analysis system and after a major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the diluted captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the
    zero and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow
    rate and pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero
    and calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the
    drift check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span
    value. Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 Determination of Dilution Factor. Inject the dilution check gas into the measurement system
    before the dilution system and record the response. Calculate the dilution factor using
    Equation 3.
     
    5.4 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet to the sampling probe while
    the dilution air is turned off. Record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for
    the high range calibration gas. Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
     

     
    108
    5.5 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
      
    =
    area of NDO i, ft2;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in the enclosure, ft2;
     
    CA
      
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm propane;
     
    CBi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i, ppm
    propane;
     
    CB
      
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    CD0
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CH
      
    =
    actual concent ration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
      
    =
    uncorrected average background VOM concentration measured at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    Cj
      
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    CM
    =
    measured concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm propane;
     
    DF
    =
    dilution factor;
     
    G
      
    =
    total VOCM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    K1
      
    =
    1.830 x 10-6 kg/(m3-ppm);
     
    n
      
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QGj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at captured
    emissions point j, m3/min;
     

     
    109
    TC
      
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, min.
     
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Captured Emissions.
     
    n
    G = ? CGj QGj TC K1
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 1
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point j.
     
    CGj = DF (Cj - CD0) CH
      
    Eq. 2
      
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.3 Dilution Factor.
     
    DF = CA
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 3
    CM
     
    7.4 Background VOM Concentration at Point i.
     
    CBi = (Ci - CD0) CH
      
      
    Eq. 4
      
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.5 Average Background Concentration.
     
    n
    ? CBJ Ai
    CB = i=1
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 5
    nAN
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure F.2 - Fugitive VOM Emissions from Building Enclosures
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the fugitive volatile organic
    materials (VOM) emissions from a building enclosure (BE). It is intended to be used as a
    segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture
    efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations.
     

     
    110
    1.2 Principle. The total amount of fugitive VOM emissions (FB ) from the BE is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOM content (CFj) of each fugitive emissions point, its flow rate
    (QFj), and time (TF).
     
    1.3 Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive
    emissions point as follows: QFj =
    5.0 percent and C
    Fj =
    5.0 percent. Based on these numbers,
    the probable uncertainty for FB is estimated at about
    11.2 percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the
    sample pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the
    flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If emissions are to be measured at
    multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling probes,

     
    111
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (propane or carbon
    equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     

     
    112
    2.2 Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Flow Direction Indicators. Any means of indicating inward or outward flow, such as light
    plastic film or paper streamers, smoke tubes, filaments, and sensory perception.
     
    2.2.2 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate. Anemometers or
    similar devices calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions may be used when low
    velocities are present. Vane anemometers (Young-maximum response propeller), specialized
    pitots with electronic manometers (e.g., Shortridge Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860) are
    commercially available with measurement thresholds of 15 and 8 mpm (50 and 25 fpm),
    respectively.
     
    2.2.3 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.4 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Preliminary Determinations. The purpose of this exercise is to determine which exhaust
    points should be measured for volumetric flow rates and VOM concentrations.
     
    3.1.1 Forced Draft Openings. Identify all forced draft openings. Determine the volumetric flow
    rate according to Method 2.
     
    3.1.2 NDO's Exhaust Points. The NDO's in the roof of a facility the building or room in which
    the emission unit is located are considered to be exhaust points. Determine volumetric flow rate
    from these NDO's. Divide the cross-sectional area according to Method 1 using 12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate velocity measurement devices, e.g., propeller anemometers.
     
    3.1.3 Other NDO's.
     
    3.1.3.1 This step is optional. Determine the exhaust flow rate, including that of the control
    device, from the enclosure and the intake air flow rate. If the exhaust flow rate divided by the
    intake air flow rate is greater than 1.1, then all other NDO's are not considered to be significant
    exhaust points.
     
    3.1.3.2 If the option above is not taken, identify all other NDO's and other potential points
    through which fugitive emissions may escape the enclosure. Then use the following criteria to
    determine whether flow rates and VOM concentrations need to be measured:
     
    3.1.3.2.1 Using the appropriate flow direction indicator, determine the flow direction. An NDO
    with zero or inward flow is not an exhaust point.
     
    3.1.3.2.2 Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the remainder of the NDO's. If the
    collective flow rate is 2 percent, or less, of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2, then these

     
    113
    NDO's, except those within two equivalent diameters (based on NDO opening) from a VOM
    emitting point, may be considered to be non-exhaust points.
     
    3.1.3.2.3 If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2 is greater than 2 percent, those NDO's
    (except those within two equivalent diameters from a VOM emitting point) whose volumetric
    flow rate total 2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 may be considered as
    non-exhaust points. All remaining NDO's shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOM
    concentrations during the CE test.
     
    3.1.3.2.4 The tester may choose to measure VOM concentrations at the forced exhaust points
    and the NDO's. If the total VOM emissions from the NDO's are less than 2 percent of the
    emissions from the forced draft and roof NDO's, then these NDO's may be eliminated from
    further consideration.
     
    3.2 Determination of Flow Rates.
     
    3.2.1 Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations identified as exhaust points in Section
    3.1. Divide each exhaust opening into 9 equal areas for rectangular openings and 8 for circular
    openings.
     
    3.2.2 Measure the velocity at each site at least once every hour during each sampling run using
    Method 2 or 2A, if applicable, or using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
     
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each fugitive emission point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple emissions
    locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOM
    responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
     
    4.2.2 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.3 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position.
     
    4.2.4 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates

     
    114
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform drift checks
    during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.5 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120
    5
    NC.
     
    4.2.6 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same
    amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for the
    entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the response measurements at each sampling location until two times the
    response time of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute
    and record the concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Alternative Procedure The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate and
    pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before each test run.
     

     
    115
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    CD0
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CFj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of fugitive emissions at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    CH
      
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Cj
      
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    FB
      
    =
    total VOM content of fugitive emissions from the building, kg;
     
    K1
      
    =
    1.830 x 10-6 kg/(m3-ppm);
     
    n
      
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QFj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at fugitive
    emissions point j, m3/min;
     
    TF
      
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, min.
     
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
     
       
      
    n
    FB = & CFj QFj TF K1
      
      
    Eq. 1
      
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point j.
     
    CFj = (Cj - CD0) CH
      
      
    Eq. 2
      
      
    CDH - CD0
     

     
    116
    Procedure F.1 - Fugitive VOM Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
     
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the fugitive volatile organic
    materials (VOM) emissions from a temporary total enclosure (TTE). It is intended to be used as
    a segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture
    efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of fugitive VOM emissions (F) from the TTE is calculated as the
    sum of the products of the VOM content (CFj), the flow rate (QFj), and the sampling time (TF)
    from each fugitive emissions point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for
    each fugitive emission point as follows: QFj =
    5.5
    percent and CFj =
    5.0
    percent. Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at about
    7.4
    percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     

     
    117
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow control valve and rotameter
    must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the sample
    pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the
    flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If emissions are to be measured at
    multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    3.0
    percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    5.0
    percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    1 percent of the
    tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane or
    carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.

     
    118
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    2.3 Temporary Total Enclosure. The criteria for designing a TTE are discussed in Procedure T.
     
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are exhausted from the TTE. Using Method 1, determine
    the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each fugitive emission point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple emission
    locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOM
    responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
     
    4.2.2 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.3 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the

     
    119
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position.
     
    4.2.4 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.5 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120
    5
    NC.
     
    4.2.6 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same
    amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for the
    entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the response measurements at each sampling location until two times the
    response time of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute
    and record the concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Determination of VOM Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1.1 Locate all NDO's of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO's,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO's.
     
    4.3.1.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
     
    4.3.1.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.1.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the

     
    120
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas concentration that most closely
    approximates that of the fugitive gas emissions to conduct the drift checks. Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate
    and pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before each test run.
     
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
      
    =
    area of NDO i, ft2;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in the enclosure, ft2;
     
    CBi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i, ppm
    propane.;
     
    CB
      
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CFj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of fugitive emissions at point j, ppm
    propane;
     

     
    121
    CH
      
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
      
    =
    uncorrected average background VOM concentration measured at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    Cj
      
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    G
      
    =
    total VOM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    K1
      
    =
    1.830 x 10-6 kg/(m3-ppm);
     
    n
      
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QFj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at fugitive
    emissions point j, m3/min;
     
    TF
      
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run, min.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Fugitive Emissions.
     
    n
    F = ? (CFj - CB ) QFj TF K1
      
      
    Eq. 1
      
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point j.
     
    CFj = (Cj - CD0) CH
      
      
    Eq. 2
      
      
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.3 Background VOM Concentration at Point i.
     
    CBi = (Ci - CD0) CH
      
      
    Eq. 3
      
      
    CDH - CD0
     
    7.4 Average Background Concentration.
     
    n
    ? CBi Ai
    CB = i=1
      
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 4
    nAN

     
    122
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure L - VOM Input
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the input of volatile organic
    materials (VOM). It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas
    protocols for determining VOM capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing
    operations.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM introduced to the process (L) is the sum of the products of
    the weight (W) of each VOM containing liquid (ink, paint, solvent, etc.) used and its VOM
    content (V). A sample of each VOM containing liquid is analyzed with a flame ionization
    analyzer (FIA) to determine V.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    VOM containing liquid as follows: W = 2.0 percent and V =
    12.0
    percent. Based on these
    numbers, the probable uncertainty for L is estimated at about
    12.2
    percent for each VOM
    containing liquid.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Liquid Weight.
     
    2.1.1 Balances/Digital Scales. To weigh drums of VOM containing liquids to within 0.2 lb.
     
    2.1.2 Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative). Volume meters, flow meters, density
    measurement equipment, etc., as needed to achieve same accuracy as direct weight
    measurements.
     
    2.2 VOM Content (Flame Ionization Analyzer Technique). The liquid sample analysis system is
    shown in Figures 1 and 2. The following equipment is required:
     

     
    123
    2.2.1 Sample Collection Can. An appropriately sized metal can to be used to collect VOM
    containing materials. The can must be constructed in such a way that it can be grounded to the
    coating container.
     
    2.2.2 Needle Valves. To control gas flow.
     
    2.2.3 Regulators. For carrier gas and calibration gas cylinders.
    2.2.4 Tubing. Teflon or stainless steel tubing with diameters and lengths determined by
    connection requirements of equipment. The tubing between the sample oven outlet and the FIA
    shall be heated to maintain a temperature of 120
    5
    NC.
     
    2.2.5 Atmospheric Vent. A tee and 0- to 0.5-liter/min rotameter placed in the sampling line
    between the carrier gas cylinder and the VOM sample vessel to release the excess carrier gas. A
    toggle valve placed between the tee and the rotameter facilitates leak tests of the analysis system.
     
    2.2.6 Thermometer. Capable of measuring the temperature of the hot water bath to within 1NC.
     
    2.2.7 Sample Oven. Heated enclosure, containing calibration gas coil heaters, critical orifice,
    aspirator, and other liquid sample analysis components, capable of maintaining a temperature of
    120
    5
    NC.
     
    2.2.8 Gas Coil Heaters. Sufficient lengths of stainless steel or Teflon tubing to allow zero and
    calibration gases to be heated to the sample oven temperature before entering the critical orifice
    or aspirator.
     
    2.2.9 Water Bath. Capable of heating and maintaining a sample vessel temperature of 100
    5
    NC.
     
    2.2.10 Analytical Balance. To measure
    0.001 g.
     
     
    2.2.11 Disposable Syringes. 2-cc or 5-cc.
     
    2.2.12 Sample Vessel. Glass, 40-ml septum vial. A separate vessel is needed for each sample.
     
    2.2.13 Rubber Stopper. Two-hole stopper to accommodate 3.2-mm (1/8-in.) Teflon tubing,
    appropriately sized to fit the opening of the sample vessel. The rubber stopper should be
    wrapped in Teflon tape to provide a tighter seal and to prevent any reaction of the sample with
    the rubber stopper. Alternatively, any leak-free closure fabricated of non-reactive materials and
    accommodating the necessary tubing fittings may be used.
     
    2.2.14 Critical Orifices. Calibrated critical orifices capable of providing constant flow rates
    from 50 to 250 ml/min at known pressure drops. Sapphire orifice assemblies (available from
    O'Keefe Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been found to be adequate for this
    application.
     
    2.2.15 Vacuum Gauge. 0- to 760-mm (0- to 30-in.) Hg U-Tube manometer or vacuum gauge.
     

     
    124
    2.2.16 Pressure Gauge. Bourdon gauge capable of measuring the maximum air pressure at the
    aspirator inlet (e.g., 100 psig).
     
    2.2.17 Aspirator. A device capable of generating sufficient vacuum at the sample vessel to
    create critical flow through the calibrated orifice when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator inlet. The aspirator must also provide sufficient sample pressure to operate the FIA.
    The sample is also mixed with the dilution gas within the aspirator.
     
    2.2.18 Soap Bubble Meter. Of an appropriate size to calibrate the critical orifices in the system.
     
    2.2.19 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.2.19.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
     
    2.2.19.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    3.0 percent of span value.
     
     
    2.2.19.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
     
    2.2.20 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.2.21 Chart Recorder (Optional). A chart recorder or similar device is recommended to provide
    a continuous analog display of the measurement results during the liquid sample analysis.
     
    2.2.22 Calibration and Other Gases. For calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if required)
    contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to NIST
    standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally,
    the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each calibration
    gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    2 percent from the certified
    value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for preparing
    calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.2.22.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.2.22.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane) or
    less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     

     
    125
    2.2.22.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards
    with nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.2.22.4 System Calibration Gas. Gas mixture standard containing propane in air,
    approximating the undiluted VOM concentration expected for the liquid samples.
     
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
     
    3.1 Weight Difference. Determine the amount of material introduced to the process as the
    weight difference of the feed material before and after each sampling run. In determining the
    total VOM containing liquid usage, account for: (a) the initial (beginning) VOM containing
    liquid mixture; (b) any solvent added during the test run; (c) any coating added during the test
    run; and (d) any residual VOM containing liquid mixture remaining at the end of the sample run.
     
    3.1.1 Identify all points where VOM containing liquids are introduced to the process. To obtain
    an accurate measurement of VOM containing liquids, start with an empty fountain (if
    applicable). After completing the run, drain the liquid in the fountain back into the liquid drum
    (if possible), and weigh the
    drum again. Weigh the VOM containing liquids to
    0.5 percent of the total weight (full) or
    0.1
    percent of the total weight of VOM containing liquid used during the sample run, whichever is
    less. If the residual liquid cannot be returned to the drum, drain the fountain into a preweighed
    empty drum to determine the final weight of the liquid.
     
    3.1.2 If it is not possible to measure a single representative mixture, then weigh the various
    components separately (e.g., if solvent is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture). If a fresh drum of VOM containing liquid is needed during the
    run, then weigh both the empty drum and fresh drum.
     
    3.2 Volume Measurement (Alternative). If direct weight measurements are not feasible, the
    tester may use volume meters and flow rate meters (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the technique produces results equivalent to
    the direct weight measurements. If a single representative mixture cannot be measured, measure
    the components separately.
     
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT IN INPUT LIQUIDS
     
    4.1 Collection of Liquid Samples.
     
    4.1.1 Collect a 100-ml or larger sample of the VOM containing liquid mixture at each
    application location at the beginning and end of each test run. A separate sample should be taken
    of each VOM containing liquid added to the application mixture during the test run. If a fresh
    drum is needed during the sampling run, then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
     

     
    126
    4.1.2 When collecting the sample, ground the sample container to the coating drum. Fill the
    sample container as close to the rim as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.
     
    4.1.3 After the sample is collected, seal the container so the sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
     
    4.1.4 Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
     
    4.2 Liquid Sample VOM Content.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the liquid VOM content analysis system as shown in Figure 1.
     
    4.2.2 Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that may be used. Calibrate each critical
    orifice under the expected operating conditions (i.e., sample vacuum and temperature) against a
    volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
     
    4.2.3 Label and tare the sample vessels (including the stoppers and caps) and the syringes.
     
    4.2.4 Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of the system. Close the carrier gas
    valve and atmospheric vent and evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm (10 in.) Hg absolute or
    less using the aspirator. Close the toggle valve at the inlet to the aspirator and observe the
    vacuum for at least one minute. If there is any change in the sample pressure, release the
    vacuum, adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak test.
     
    4.2.5 Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks according to the procedure in Section
    5.1. Record the responses to each of the calibration gases and the back-pressure setting of the
    FIA.
     
    4.2.6 Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the aspirator air supply or substituting
    critical orifices. Operate the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25 mm (1 in.) Hg greater than the
    vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow. Select the dilution ratio so that the maximum
    response of the FIA to the sample does not exceed the high-range calibration gas.
     
    4.2.7 Perform system calibration checks at two levels by introducing compressed gases at the
    inlet to the sample vessel while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating. Perform these
    checks using the carrier gas (zero concentration) and the system calibration gas. If the response
    to the carrier gas exceeds
    0.5
    percent of span, clean or repair the apparatus and repeat the check.
    Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to achieve the correct response to the upscale check, but do
    not adjust the analyzer calibration. Record the identification of the orifice, aspirator air supply
    pressure, FIA back-pressure, and the responses of the FIA to the carrier and system calibration
    gases.
     
    4.2.8 After completing the above checks, inject the system calibration gas for approximately 10
    minutes. Time the exact duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch. Determine the area
    under the FIA response curve and calculate the system response factor based on the sample gas
    flow rate, gas concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to the integrated
    response using Equations 2 and 3.

     
    127
     
    4.2.9 Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures are 120
    5
    NC and that the water
    bath temperature is 100
    5
    NC.
     
    4.2.10 Fill a tared syringe with approximately 1 g of the VOM containing liquid and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared sample vessel. Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the amount of sample actually
    received. Also, as a quality control check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered. The two coating sample weights should agree within
    0.02
    g. If not, repeat
    the procedure until an acceptable sample is obtained.
     
    4.2.11 Connect the vessel to the analysis system. Adjust the aspirator supply pressure to the
    correct value. Open the valve on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent. As soon as the initial response of the FIA
    begins to decrease, immerse the sample vessel in the water bath. (Applying heat to the sample
    vessel too soon may cause the FID response to exceed the calibrated range of the instrument, and
    thus invalidate the analysis.)
     
    4.2.12 Continuously measure and record the response of the FIA until all of the volatile material
    has been evaporated from the sample and the instrument response has returned to the baseline
    (i.e., response less than 0.5 percent of the span value). Observe the aspirator supply pressure,
    FIA back-pressure, atmospheric vent, and other system operating parameters during the run;
    repeat the analysis procedure if any of these parameters deviate from the values established
    during the system calibration checks in Section 4.2.7. After each sample perform the drift check
    described in Section 5.2. If the drift check results are acceptable, calculate the VOM content of
    the sample using the equations in Section 7. Integrate the area under the FIA response curve, or
    determine the average concentration response and the duration of sample analysis.
     
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. After each sample, repeat the system calibration checks in Section
    4.2.7 before any adjustments to the FIA or measurement system are made. If the zero or
    calibration drift exceeds
    3 percent of the span value, discard the result and repeat the analysis.
     
     

     
    128
    5.3 Critical Orifice Calibration.
     
    5.3.1 Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific operating conditions that it will be
    used. Therefore, assemble all components of the liquid sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure 3. A stopwatch is also required.
     
    5.3.2 Turn on the sample oven, sample line, and water bath heaters and allow the system to
    reach the proper operating temperature. Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm (15 in.) Hg
    vacuum. Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move a known distance and record
    barometric pressure.
     
    5.3.3 Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm (16 in.) Hg and at 25-mm (1-in.)
    Hg intervals until three consecutive determinations provide the same flow rate. Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in ml/min at standard conditions. Record the vacuum necessary
    to achieve critical flow.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    AL
      
    =
    area under the response curve of the liquid sample, area count;
     
    AS
      
    =
    area under the response curve of the calibration gas, area count;
     
    CS
      
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    K
      
    =
    1.830 x 10-9 g/(ml-ppm);
     
    L
      
    =
    total VOM content of liquid input, kg;
     
    ML
    =
    mass of liquid sample delivered to the sample vessel, g;
     
    q
      
    =
    flow rate through critical orifice, ml/min;
     
    RF
    =
    liquid analysis system response factor, g/area count;
     
    TS
      
    =
    total gas injection time for system calibration gas during integrator
    calibration, min;
     
    VFj
    =
    final VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j;
     
    VIj
      
    =
    initial VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j;
     
    VAj
    =
    VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j added during the run;
     
    V
      
    =
    VOM fraction of liquid sample;
     

     
    129
    WFj
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j remaining at end of the run, kg;
     
    WIj
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j at beginning of the run, kg;
     
    WAj
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j added during the run, kg.
     
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Content of the Input VOM Containing Liquid.
     
    n
      
      
        
      
      
    n
      
    n
    L = ? VIj WIj = VFj WFj + ? VAj WAj R
      
    Eq. 1
    j=1
      
      
          
      
      
    j=1
      
        
    j=1
     
    7.2 Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems Using Integrators,
    Grams/Area Counts.
     
    RF = CS q TS K
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 2
    AS
     
    7.3 VOM Content of the Liquid Sample.
     
    V = AL RF
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    Eq. 3
    ML
     
    Procedure T - Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure
     
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is used to determine whether a permanent or temporary
    enclosure meets the criteria of a total enclosure.
     
    1.2 Principle. An enclosure is evaluated against a set of criteria. If the criteria are met and if all
    the exhaust gases are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic materials (VOM)
    capture efficiency (CE) is assumed to be 100 percent and CE need not be measured. However, if
    part of the exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device, CE must be determined.
     
    2.
    DEFINITIONS
     
    2.1 Natural Draft Opening (NDO) -- Any permanent opening in the enclosure that remains open
    during operation of the emission unit and is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed.
     
    2.2 Permanent Total Enclosure (PTE) -- A permanently installed enclosure that completely
    surrounds an emissionunit such that all VOM emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through a control device.

     
    130
     
    2.3 Temporary Total Enclosure (TTE) -- A temporarily installed enclosure that completely
    surrounds an emissionunit such that all VOM emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOM rates.
     
    3.
    CRITERIA OF A TEMPORARY TOTAL ENCLOSURE
     
    3.1 Any NDO shall be at least 4 equivalent opening diameters from each VOM emitting point.
     
    3.2 Any exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least 4 equivalent duct or hood diameters
    from each NDO.
     
    3.3 The total area of all NDO's shall not exceed 5 percent of the surface area of the enclosure's
    four walls, floor, and ceiling.
     
    3.4 The average facial velocity (FV) of air through all NDO's shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200
    fpm). The direction of air through all NDO's shall be into the enclosure.
     
    3.5 All access doors and windows whose areas are not included in Section 3.3 and are not
    included in the calculation in Section 3.4 shall be closed during routine operation of the emission
    unit.
     
    4.
    CRITERIA OF A PERMANENT TOTAL ENCLOSURE
     
    4.1 Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3 - 3.5.
     
    4.2 All VOM emissions must be captured and contained for discharge through a control device.
     
    5.
    PROCEDURE
     
    5.1 Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO's and determine the distances from each
    VOM emitting point to all NDO's. Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO's. Calculate the distances in terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent diameters shall be at least 4.
     
    5.2 Measure the total area (At) of the enclosure and the total area (AN) of all NDO's of the
    enclosure. Calculate the NDO to enclosure area ratio (NEAR) as follows:
     
     
    NEAR = AN/At
     
    The NEAR must be < 0.05.
     
    5.3 Measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard conditions, of each gas stream
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or hood using EPA Method 2. In some cases (e.g.,
    when the building is the enclosure), it may be necessary to measure the volumetric flow rate,

     
    131
    corrected to standard conditions, of each gas stream entering the enclosure through a forced
    makeup air duct using Method 2. Calculate FV using the following equation:
     
    FV = [QO - QI]/AN
     
    where:
     
    QO
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams exiting the enclosure through
    an exhaust duct or hood.
     
    QI
      
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams into the enclosure
    through a forced makeup air duct; zero, if there is no forced makeup air into the enclosure.
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in enclosure.
     
    The FV shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200 fpm).
     
    5.4 Verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO's is inward. Use streamers, smoke
    tubes, tracer gases, etc. Strips of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective. Monitor
    the direction of air flow at intervals of at least 10 minutes for at least 1 hour.
     
    6.
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    6.1 The success of this protocol lies in designing the TTE to simulate the conditions that exist
    without the TTE, i.e., the effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    emission unit or the amount of fugitive VOM emissions should be minimal. The TTE must
    enclose the application stations, coating reservoirs, and all areas from the application station to
    the oven. The oven does not have to be enclosed if it is under negative pressure. The NDO's of
    the temporary enclosure and a fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
     
    6.2. Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best simulates the conditions that exist without
    the TTE, i.e., the effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected emission unit
    or the amount of fugitive VOM emissions should be minimal. Figure 1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the concentration (CG) and flow rate (QG) of the captured gas stream, specify a safe
    concentration (CF) for the fugitive gas stream, estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure 1
    to determine the volumetric flowrate of the fugitive gas stream (QF). A fugitive VOM emission
    exhaust fan that has a variable flow control is desirable.
     
    6.2.1 Monitor the concentration of VOM into the capture device without the TTE. To minimize
    the effect of temporal variation on the captured emissions, the baseline measurement should be
    made over as long a time period as practical. However, the process conditions must be the same
    for the measurement in Section 6.2.3 as they are for this baseline measurement. This may
    require short measuring times for this quality control check before and after the construction of
    the TTE.
     

     
    132
    6.2.2 After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOM concentration inside the TTE. This
    concentration shall not continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according to
    OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits. An increase in VOM concentration
    indicates poor TTE design or poor capture efficiency.
     
    Monitor the concentration of VOM into the capture device with the TTE. To limit the effect of
    the TTE on the process, the VOM concentration with and without the TTE must be within
    10
    percent. If the measurements do not agree, adjust the ventilation rate from the TTE until they
    agree within 10 percent.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND
    LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
     
    PART 219
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR
    THE METRO EAST AREA
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
     
    Section
    219.100 Introduction
    219.101 Savings Clause
    219.102 Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    219.103 Applicability
    219.104 Definitions
    219.105 Test Methods and Procedures
    219.106 Compliance Dates
    219.107 Operation of Afterburners
    219.108 Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means of Control or Compliance
    Determinations
    219.109 Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    219.110 Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvent
    219.111 Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    219.112 Incorporations by Reference
    219.113 Monitoring for Negligibly-Reactive Compounds
     
    SUBPART B: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    219.119 Applicability for VOL
    219.120 Control Requirements for Storage Containers of VOL
    219.121 Storage Containers of VPL

     
    133
    219.122 Loading Operations
    219.123 Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    219.124 External Floating Roofs
    219.125 Compliance Dates
    219.126 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    219.127 Testing VOL Operations
    219.128 Monitoring VOL Operations
    219.129 Recordkeeping and Reporting for VOL Operations
     
    SUBPART C: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS
    EQUIPMENT
    Section
    219.141 Separation Operations
    219.142 Pumps and Compressors
    219.143 Vapor Blowdown
    219.144 Safety Relief Valves
     
    SUBPART E: SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    219.181 Solvent Cleaning in General
    219.182 Cold Cleaning
    219.183 Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    219.184 Conveyorized Degreasing
    219.185 Compliance Schedule (Repealed)
    219.186 Test Methods
     
    SUBPART F: COATING OPERATIONS
    Section
    219.204 Emission Limitations
    219.205 Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
    219.206 Solids Basis Calculation
    219.207 Alternative Emission Limitations
    219.208 Exemptions From Emission Limitations
    219.209 Exemption From General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    219.210 Compliance Schedule
    219.211 Recordkeeping and Reporting
    219.212 Cross-Line Averaging to Establish Compliance for Coating Lines
    219.213 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Cross-Line Averaging Participating Coating
    Lines
    219.214 Changing Compliance Methods
    219.215 Wood Furniture Coating Averaging Approach
    219.216 Wood Furniture Coating Add-On Control Use
    219.217 Wood Furniture Coating Work Practice Standards
     
    SUBPART G: USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section

     
    134
    219.301 Use of Organic Material
    219.302 Alternative Standard
    219.303 Fuel Combustion Emission Units
    219.304 Operations with Compliance Program
     
    SUBPART H: PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
    Section
    219.401 Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    219.402 Applicability
    219.403 Compliance Schedule
    219.404 Recordkeeping and Reporting
    219.405 Lithographic Printing: Applicability
    219.406 Provisions Applying to Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Prior to March
    15, 1996
    219.407 Emission Limitations and Control Requirements for Lithographic Printing Lines
    On and After March 15, 1996
    219.408 Compliance Schedule for Lithographic Printing On and After March 15, 1996
    219.409 Testing for Lithographic Printing On and After March 15, 1996
    219.410 Monitoring Requirements for Lithographic Printing
    219.411 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Lithographic Printing
     
    SUBPART Q: SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING PLANT
    Section
    219.421 General Requirements
    219.422 Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    219.423 Inspection Program for Leaks
    219.424 Repairing Leaks
    219.425 Recordkeeping for Leaks
    219.426 Report for Leaks
    219.427 Alternative Program for Leaks
    219.428 Open-Ended Valves
    219.429 Standards for Control Devices
    219.430 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    219.431 Applicability
    219.432 Control Requirements
    219.433 Performance and Testing Requirements
    219.434 Monitoring Requirements
    219.435 Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
    219.436 Compliance Date
     
    SUBPART R: PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Section
    219.441 Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    219.442 Vacuum Producing Systems

     
    135
    219.443 Wastewater (Oil/Water) Separator
    219.444 Process Unit Turnarounds
    219.445 Leaks: General Requirements
    219.446 Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    219.447 Monitoring Program for Leaks
    219.448 Recordkeeping for Leaks
    219.449 Reporting for Leaks
    219.450 Alternative Program for Leaks
    219.451 Sealing Device Requirements
    219.452 Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    219.453 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART S: RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section
    219.461 Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    219.462 Green Tire Spraying Operations
    219.463 Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    219.464 Emission Testing
    219.465 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    219.466 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART T: PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    219.480 Applicability
    219.481 Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum
    Dryers
    219.482 Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust Systems and Filters
    219.483 Material Storage and Transfer
    219.484 In-Process Tanks
    219.485 Leaks
    219.486 Other Emission Units
    219.487 Testing
    219.488 Monitoring for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    219.489 Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control Equipment
     
    SUBPART V: BATCH OPERATIONS AND AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Section
    219.500 Applicability for Batch Operations
    219.501 Control Requirements for Batch Operations
    219.502 Determination of Uncontrolled Total Annual Mass Emissions and Actual
    Weighted Average Flow Rate Values for Batch Operations
    219.503 Performance and Testing Requirements for Batch Operations
    219.504 Monitoring Requirements for Batch Operations
    219.505 Reporting and Recordkeeping for Batch Operations
    219.506 Compliance Date
    219.520 Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes

     
    136
    219.521 Definitions (Repealed)
    219.522 Savings Clause
    219.523 Compliance
    219.524 Determination of Applicability
    219.525 Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes (Renumbered)
    219.526 Testing and Monitoring
    219.527 Compliance Date (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART W: AGRICULTURE
    Section
    219.541 Pesticide Exception
     
    SUBPART X: CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    219.561 Architectural Coatings
    219.562 Paving Operations
    219.563 Cutback Asphalt
     
    SUBPART Y: GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section
    219.581 Bulk Gasoline Plants
    219.582 Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    219.583 Gasoline Dispensing Operations - Storage Tank Filling Operations
    219.584 Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    219.585 Gasoline Volatility Standards
    219.586 Gasoline Dispensing Operations - Motor Vehicle Fueling Operations (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART Z: DRY CLEANERS
    Section
    219.601 Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners (Repealed)
    219.602 Exemptions (Repealed)
    219.603 Leaks (Repealed)
    219.604 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    219.605 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    219.606 Exception to Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    219.607 Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    219.608 Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    219.609 Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    219.610 Testing and Monitoring
    219.611 Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    219.612 Compliance Dates (Repealed)
    219.613 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART AA: PAINT AND INK MANUFACTURING
    Section
    219.620 Applicability

     
    137
    219.621 Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset-Offset Ink
    219.623 Permit Conditions
    219.624 Open-Top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    219.625 Grinding Mills
    219.626 Storage Tanks
    219.628 Leaks
    219.630 Clean Up
    219.636 Compliance Schedule
    219.637 Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    SUBPART BB: POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Section
    219.640 Applicability
    219.642 Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    219.644 Emissions Testing
     
    SUBPART FF: BAKERY OVENS (REPEALED)
    Section
    219.720 Applicability (Repealed)
    219.722 Control Requirements (Repealed)
    219.726 Testing (Repealed)
    219.727 Monitoring (Repealed)
    219.728 Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
    219.729 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    219.730 Certification (Repealed)
     
    SUBPART GG: MARINE TERMINALS
    Section
    219.760 Applicability
    219.762 Control Requirements
    219.764 Compliance Certification
    219.766 Leaks
    219.768 Testing and Monitoring
    219.770 Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    SUBPART HH: MOTOR VEHICLE REFINISHING
    Section
    219.780 Emission Limitations
    219.782 Alternative Control Requirements
    219.784 Equipment Specifications
    219.786 Surface Preparation Materials
    219.787 Work Practices
    219.788 Testing
    219.789 Monitoring and Recordkeeping for Control Devices
    219.790 General Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
    219.791 Compliance Date

     
    138
    219.792 Registration
    219.875 Applicability of Subpart BB (Renumbered)
    219.877 Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants (Renumbered)
    219.879 Compliance Date (Repealed)
    219.881 Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    219.883 Special Requirements for Compliance Plan (Repealed)
    219.886 Emissions Testing (Renumbered)
     
    SUBPART PP: MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT
    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.920 Applicability
    219.923 Permit Conditions
    219.926 Control Requirements
    219.927 Compliance Schedule
    219.928 Testing
     
    SUBPART QQ: MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    219.940 Applicability
    219.943 Permit Conditions
    219.946 Control Requirements
    219.947 Compliance Schedule
    219.948 Testing
     
    SUBPART RR: MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL
    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.960 Applicability
    219.963 Permit Conditions
    219.966 Control Requirements
    219.967 Compliance Schedule
    219.968 Testing
     
    SUBPART TT: OTHER EMISSION UNITS
    Section
    219.980 Applicability
    219.983 Permit Conditions
    219.986 Control Requirements
    219.987 Compliance Schedule
    219.988 Testing
     
    SUBPART UU: RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
    Section
    219.990 Exempt Emission Units

     
    139
    219.991 Subject Emission Units
     
    APPENDIX A: List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic Chemical and Polymer
    Manufacturing
    APPENDIX B: VOM Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency (Repealed)
    APPENDIX C: Reference Methods And Procedures
    APPENDIX D: Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness Index (TRE) Equation
    APPENDIX E: List of Affected Marine Terminals
    APPENDIX G: TRE Index Measurements for SOCMI Reactors and Distillation Units
    APPENDIX H: Baseline VOM Content Limitations for Subpart F, Section 219.212 Cross-
    Line Averaging
     
    AUTHORITY: Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Section 27, 28 and 28.5 of the
    Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/10, 27, 28 and 28.5].
     
    SOURCE: Adopted at R91-8 at 15 Ill. Reg. 12491, effective August 16, 1991; amended in R91-
    24 at 16 Ill. Reg. 13597, effective August 24, 1992; amended in R91-30 at 16 Ill. Reg. 13883,
    effective August 24, 1992; emergency amendment in R93-12 at 17 Ill. Reg. 8295, effective May
    24, 1993, for a maximum of 150 days, amended in R93-9 at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective
    September 27, 1993 and October 21, 1993; amended in R93-28 at 18 Ill. Reg. 4242, effective
    March 3, 1994; amended in R94-12 at 18 Ill. Reg. 14987, effective September 21, 1994;
    amended in R94-15 at 18 Ill. Reg. 16415, effective October 25, 1994; amended in R94-16 at 18
    Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994; emergency amendment in R95-10 at 19 Ill. Reg.
    3059, effective February 28, 1995, for a maximum of 150 days; amended in R94-21, R94-31 and
    R94-32 at 19 Ill. Reg. 6958, effective May 9, 1995; amended in R94-33 at 19 Ill. Reg. 7385,
    effective May 22, 1995; amended in R96-2 at 20 Ill. Reg. 3848, effective February 15, 1996;
    amended in R96-13 at 20 Ill. Reg. 14462, effective October 28, 1996; amended in R97-24 at 21
    Ill. Reg. 7721, effective June 9, 1997; amended in R97-31 at 22 Ill. Reg. 3517, effective
    February 2, 1998.; amended in R04-20 at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _.
     
    BOARD NOTE: This Part implements the Illinois Environmental Protection Act as of July 1,
    1994.
     
    SUBPART A: GENERAL PROVISIONS
     
    Section 219.105 Test Methods and Procedures
     
    a) Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
      
    The following test methods and procedures shall be used to determine compliance
    of as applied coatings, inks, and fountain solutions with the limitations set forth in
    this Part.
     
    1) Sampling: Samples collected for analyses shall be one-liter taken into a
    one-liter container at a location and time such that the sample will be
    representative of the coating as applied (i.e., the sample shall include any

     
    140
    dilution solvent or other VOM added during the manufacturing process).
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately after the sample is taken.
    Any solvent or other VOM added after the sample is taken must be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations in subsection (a)(3) of this
    Section. For multiple package coatings, separate samples of each
    component shall be obtained. A mixed sample shall not be obtained as it
    will cure in the container. Sampling procedures shall follow the
    guidelines presented in:
     
    A) ASTM D3925-81 (1985) standard practice for sampling liquid
    paints and related pigment coating. This practice is incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    B) ASTM E300-86 standard practice for sampling industrial
    chemicals. This practice is incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Analyses: The applicable analytical methods specified below shall be used
    to determine the composition of coatings, inks, or fountain solutions as
    applied.
     
    A) Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used to determine the
    VOM content and density of coatings. If it is demonstrated to the
    satisfaction of the Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24 results, formulation
    data may be used. In the event of any inconsistency between a
    Method 24 test and a facility's formulation data, the Method 24 test
    will govern.
     
    B) Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112, shall be used to determine the VOM
    content and density of rotogravure printing inks and related
    coatings. If it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Agency
    and USEPA that the plant coating formulation data are equivalent
    to Method 24A results, formulation data may be used. In the event
    of any inconsistency between a Method 24A test and formulation
    data, the Method 24A test will govern.
     
    C) The following ASTM methods are the analytical procedures for
    determining VOM:
     
    i) ASTM D1475-85: Standard test method for density of
    paint, varnish, lacquer and related products. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of
    this Part.

     
    141
     
    ii) ASTM D2369-87: Standard test method for volatile content
    of a coating. This test method is incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    iii) ASTM D3792-86: Standard test method for water content
    of water-reducible paints by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph. This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    iv) ASTM D4017-81 (1987): Standard test method for water
    content in paints and paint materials by the Karl Fischer
    method. This test method is incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    v) ASTM D4457-85: Standard test method for determination
    of dichloromethane and 1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas chromatograph. (The
    procedure delineated above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically exempted from
    the definition of VOM.) This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    vi) ASTM D2697-86: Standard test method for volume non-
    volatile matter in clear or pigmented coatings. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of
    this Part.
     
    vii) ASTM D3980-87: Standard practice for interlaboratory
    testing of paint and related materials. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    viii) ASTM E180-85: Standard practice for determining the
    precision of ASTM methods for analysis of and testing of
    industrial chemicals. This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    ix) ASTM D2372-85: Standard method of separation of
    vehicle from solvent-reducible paints. This method is
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    D) Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical methods specified in
    subsections (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) of this Section may not be used
    unless approved by the Agency and USEPA. An owner or
    operator must submit sufficient documentation for the Agency and
    USEPA to find that the analytical methods specified in subsections

     
    142
    (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) of this Section will yield inaccurate results
    and that the proposed adaptation is appropriate.
     
    3) Calculations: Calculations for determining the VOM content, water
    content and the content of any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM of coatings, inks and fountain
    solutions as applied shall follow the guidance provided in the following
    documents:
     
    A) "A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation", EPA-340/1-86-016,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    B) "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic
    Compounds Emitted by Paint, Ink and Other Coatings" (revised
    June 1986), EPA-450/3-84-019, incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part.
    C) "A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations", August 1988, EPA-
    340/1-88-003, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this
    Part.
     
    b) Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
     
    1) The protocol for testing, including determining the transfer efficiency of
    coating applicators, at primer surfacer operations and topcoat operations at
    an automobile or light-duty truck assembly source shall follow the
    procedure in: "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic
    Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Topcoat
    Operations" ("topcoat protocol"), December 1988, EPA-450/3-88-018,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Prior to testing pursuant to the topcoat protocol, the owner or operator of a
    coating operation subject to the topcoat or primer surfacer limit in
    Sections 219.204(a)(2) or 219.204(a)(3) shall submit a detailed testing
    proposal specifying the method by which testing will be conducted and
    how compliance will be demonstrated consistent with the topcoat protocol.
    The proposal shall include, at a minimum, a comprehensive plan
    (including a rationale) for determining the transfer efficiency at each booth
    through the use of in-plant or pilot testing, the selection of coatings to be
    tested (for the purpose of determining transfer efficiency) including the
    rationale for coating groupings, the method for determining the analytic
    VOM content of as applied coatings and the formulation solvent content
    of as applied coatings, and a description of the records of coating VOM
    content as applied and coating's usage which will be kept to demonstrate
    compliance. Upon approval of the proposal by the Agency and USEPA,
    the compliance demonstration for a coating line may proceed.
     

     
    143
    c) Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
     
    1) Applicability
      
    The requirements of subsection (c)(2) of this Section shall apply to all
    VOM emitting process emission units employing capture equipment (e.g.,
    hoods, ducts), except those cases noted below.
     
    A) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a permanent total
    enclosure (PTE) that meets Agency and USEPA specifications,
    and which directs all VOM to a control device, then the emission
    unit is exempted from the requirements described in subsection
    (c)(2) of this Section. The Agency and USEPA specifications to
    determine whether a structure is considered a PTE are given in
    Method 204 Procedure T of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix
    B of this Part. In this instance, the capture efficiency is assumed to
    be 100 percent and the emission unit is still required to measure
    control efficiency using appropriate test methods as specified in
    subsection (d) of this Section.
     
    B) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a control device
    designed to collect and recover VOM (e.g., carbon adsorber), an
    explicit measurement of capture efficiency is not necessary
    provided that the conditions given below are met. The overall
    control of the system can be determined by directly comparing the
    input liquid VOM to the recovered liquid VOM. The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given in 40 CFR 60.433,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, with the
    following additional restrictions:
     
    i) The source owner or operator shall obtain data each
    operating day for the solvent usage and solvent recovery to
    permit the determination of the solvent recovery efficiency
    of the system each operating day using a 7-day rolling
    period. The recovery efficiency for each operating day is
    computed as the ratio of the total recovered solvent for that
    day and the most recent prior 6 operating days to the total
    solvent usage for the same 7-day period used for the
    recovered solvent, rather than a 30-day weighted average as
    given in 40 CFR 60.433 incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part. This ratio shall be expressed
    as a percentage. The ratio shall be computed within 72
    hours following each 7-day period. A source that believes
    that the 7-day rolling period is not appropriate may use an
    alternative multi-day rolling period not to exceed 30 days,

     
    144
    with the approval of the Agency and USEPA. In addition,
    the criteria in subsection (c)(1)(B)(ii) or subsection
    (c)(1)(B)(iii) below must be met.
     
    ii) The solvent recovery system (i.e., capture and control
    system) must be dedicated to a single coating line, printing
    line, or other discrete activity that by itself is subject to an
    applicable VOM emission standard, or
     
    iii) If the solvent recovery system controls more than one
    coating line, printing line or other discrete activity that by
    itself is subject to an applicable VOM emission standard,
    the overall control (i.e. the total recovered VOM divided by
    the sum of liquid VOM input from all lines and other
    activities venting to the control system) must meet or
    exceed the most stringent standard applicable to any line or
    other discrete activity venting to the control system.
     
    2) Capture Efficiency Protocols Specific Requirements
      
    The capture efficiency of an emission unit shall be measured using
    one of the four protocols given below. Appropriate test methods to
    be utilized in each of the capture efficiency protocols are described
    in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part. Any error margin associated with a
    test method or protocol may not be incorporated into the results of
    a capture efficiency test. If these techniques are not suitable for a
    particular process, then an alternative capture efficiency protocol
    may be used, pursuant to the provisions of Section 219.108(b) of
    this Part provided that the alternative protocol is approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
     
    A) Gas/gas method using temporary total enclosure (TTE).
    The Agency and USEPA specifications to determine
    whether a temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given in Method 204 Procedure T of Appendix M of 40
    CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112
    of this Part Appendix B of this Part. The capture efficiency
    equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE =GwW/(GwW+ FwW)
     
    where:
     
    CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     

     
    145
    GwW = mass of VOM captured and
    delivered to control device using a
    TTE;
     
    FwW = mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM
    that escapes from a TTE.
     
    Method 204B or 204C Procedure G.2 contained in
    Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix B of this Part is
    used to obtain GwW. Method 204D Procedure F.1 in
    Appendix B in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part
    this Part is used to obtain FwW.
     
    B) Liquid/gas method using TTE. The Agency and USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure
    is considered a TTE are given in Method 204 Procedure T
    of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix B of
    this Part. The capture efficiency equation to be used for
    this protocol is:
     
    CE =(L - FwW)/L
     
    where:
     
    CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    L = mass of liquid VOM input to
    process emission unit;
     
    FwW = mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM
    that escapes from a TTE.
     
    Method 204A or 204F Procedure L contained in Appendix
    M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part Appendix B of this Part is used to
    obtain L. Method 204Procedure F.1 in Appendix M of 40
    CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112
    of this Part Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain FwW.
     
    C) Gas/gas method using the building or room (building or
    room enclosure), in which the affected coating line,
    printing line or other emission unit is located, as the
    enclosure as determined by Method 204 of Appendix M of

     
    146
    40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part and in which "FB" "F" and "G" are
    measured while operating only the affected line or emission
    unit. All fans and blowers in the building or room must be
    operated as they would under normal production. The
    capture efficiency equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = G/(G + FB)
     
    where:
     
    CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    G = mass of VOM captured and
    delivered to control device;
     
    FB
    = mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM
    that escapes from building enclosure.
     
    Method 204B or 204C Procedure G.2 contained in
    Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix B of this Part is
    used to obtain G. Method 204E Procedure F.2 in Appendix
    M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part Appendix B of this Part is used to
    obtain FB.
     
    D) Liquid/gas method using the building or room (building or
    room enclosure), in which the affected coating line,
    printing line or other emission unit is located, as the
    enclosure as determined by Method 204 of Appendix M of
    40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part and in which "FB" "F" and "L" are
    measured while operating only the affected line emission
    unit. All fans and blowers in the building or room must be
    operated as they would under normal production. The
    capture efficiency equation to be used for this protocol is:
     
    CE = (L - FB)/L
     
    where:
     
    CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction;
     
    L = mass of liquid VOM input to
    process emission unit;

     
    147
     
    FB
    = mass of uncaptured fugitive VOM
    that escapes from building enclosure.
     
    Method 204A or 204F Procedure L contained
    in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix B of
    this Part is used to obtain L. Method 204E Procedure F.2
    in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part Appendix B of
    this Part is used to obtain FB.
     
    E) Mass balance using Data Quality Objective (DQO) or
    Lower Confidence Limit (LCL) protocol. For a liquid/gas
    input where an owner or operator is using the DQO/LCL
    protocol and not using an enclosure as described in Method
    204 of Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, the VOM content
    of the liquid input (L) must be determined using Method
    204A or 204F in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
    The VOM content of the captured gas stream (G) to the
    control device must be determined using Method 204B or
    204C in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part. The results of
    capture efficiency calculations (G/L) must satisfy the DQO
    or LCL statistical analysis methodology as described in
    Section 3 of USEPA’s “Guidelines for Determining
    Capture Efficiency,” incorporated by reference at Section
    219.112 of this Part. Where capture efficiency testing is
    done to determine emission reductions for the purpose of
    establishing emission credits for offsets, shutdowns, and
    trading, the LCL protocol cannot be used for these
    applications. In enforcement cases, the LCL protocol
    cannot confirm non-compliance; capture efficiency must be
    determined using a protocol under subsection (c)(2)(A),
    (B), (C) or (D) of this Section, the DQO protocol of this
    subsection (c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol pursuant to
    Section 219.108(b) of this Part.
      
    BOARD NOTE: Where LCL was used in testing emission units
    that are the subject of later requests for establishing emission
    credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, prior LCL results may
    not be relied upon to determine the appropriate amount of credits.
    Instead, to establish the appropriate amount of credits, additional
    testing may be required that would satisfy the protocol of Section

     
    148
    219.105(c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D), the DQO protocol of Section
    219.105(c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol pursuant to Section
    219.108(b) of this Part.
     
    3) Simultaneous testing of multiple lines or emission units with a
    common control device. If an owner or operator has multiple lines
    sharing a common control device, the capture efficiency of the
    lines may be tested simultaneously, subject to the following
    provisions:
    A) Multiple line testing must meet the criteria of Section 4 of
    USEPA’s “Guidelines for Determining Capture
    Efficiency,” incorporated by reference at Section 219.112
    of this Part;
     
    B) The most stringent capture efficiency required for any
    individual line or unit must be met by the aggregate of lines
    or units; and
    C) Testing of all the lines of emission units must be performed
    with the same capture efficiency test protocol.
     
    4)3) Recordkeeping and Reporting
     
    A) All owners or operators affected by this subsection must
    maintain a copy of the capture efficiency protocol
    submitted to the Agency and the USEPA on file. All
    results of the appropriate test methods and capture
    efficiency protocols must be reported to the Agency within
    sixty (60) days of the test date. A copy of the results must
    be kept on file with the source for a period of three (3)
    years.
     
    B) If any changes are made to capture or control equipment,
    then the source is required to notify the Agency and the
    USEPA of these changes and a new test may be required by
    the Agency or the USEPA.
     
    C) The source must notify the Agency 30 days prior to
    performing any capture efficiency or control test. At that
    time, the source must notify the Agency which capture
    efficiency protocol and control device test methods will be
    used. Notification of the actual date and expected time of
    testing must be submitted a minimum of 5 working days
    prior to the actual date of the test. The Agency may at its
    discretion accept notification with shorter advance notice
    provided that such arrangements do not interfere with the

     
    149
    Agency’s ability to review the protocol and/or observe
    testing.
     
     
    D) Sources utilizing a PTE must demonstrate that this
    enclosure meets the requirement given in Method 204
    Procedure T (in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part,
    Appendix B of this Part) for a PTE during any testing of
    their control device.
     
    E) Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that their TTE
    meets the requirements given in Method 204 Procedure T
    (in Appendix M or 40 CFR Part 51, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, Appendix B of
    this Part) for a TTE during any testing of their control
    device. The source must also provide documentation that
    the quality assurance criteria for a TTE have been achieved.
     
    F) Any source utilizing the DQO or LCL protocol must
    submit the following information to the Agency with each
    test report:
     
    i) A copy of all test methods, Quality
    Assurance/Quality Control procedures, and
    calibration procedures to be used from those
    described in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this
    Part;
     
    ii) A table with information on each sample taken,
    including the sample identification and the VOM
    content of the sample;
     
    iii) The quantity of material used for each test run;
     
    iv) The quantity of captured VOM for each test run;
     
    v) The capture efficiency calculations and results for
    each test run;
     
    vi) The DQO and/or LCL calculations and results; and
     
    vii) The Quality Assurance/Quality Control results,
    including how often the instruments were

     
    150
    calibrated, the calibration results, and the calibration
    gases used.
     
    d) Control Device Efficiency Testing and Monitoring
     
    1) The control device efficiency shall be determined by simultaneously
    measuring the inlet and outlet gas phase VOM concentrations and gas
    volumetric flow rates in accordance with the gas phase test methods
    specified in subsection (f) of this Section.
     
    2) An owner or operator:
     
    A) That uses an afterburner or carbon adsorber to comply with any
    Section of Part 219 shall use Agency and USEPA approved
    continuous monitoring equipment which is installed, calibrated,
    maintained, and operated according to vendor specifications at all
    times the afterburner or carbon adsorber control device is in use
    except as provided in subsection (d)(3) of this Section. The
    continuous monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
     
    i) For each afterburner which does not have a catalyst bed,
    the combustion chamber temperature of each afterburner.
     
    ii) For each afterburner which has a catalyst bed, commonly
    known as a catalytic afterburner, the temperature rise
    across each catalytic afterburner bed or VOM concentration
    of exhaust.
     
    iii) For each carbon adsorber, the VOM concentration of each
    carbon adsorption bed exhaust or the exhaust of the bed
    next in sequence to be desorbed.
     
    B) Must install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with
    manufacturer’s specifications, a continuous recorder on the
    temperature monitoring device, such as a strip chart, recorder or
    computer, having an accuracy of ± 1 percent of the temperature
    measured, expressed in degrees Celsius or ± 0.5
    o
    C, whichever is
    greater.
     
    C)B) Of an automobile or light-duty truck primer surfacer operation or
    topcoat operation subject to subsection (d)(2)(A) above, shall keep
    a separate record of the following data for the control devices,
    unless alternative provisions are set forth in a permit pursuant to
    Title V of the Clean Air Act:
     

     
    151
    i) For thermal afterburners for which combustion chamber
    temperature is monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in
    which the average combustion temperature was more than
    28° C (50° F) below the average combustion temperature
    measured during the most recent performance test that
    demonstrated that the operation was in compliance.
     
    ii) For catalytic afterburners for which temperature rise is
    monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in which the
    average gas temperature before the catalyst bed is more
    than 28° C (50° F) below the average gas temperature
    immediately before the catalyst bed measured during the
    most recent performance test that demonstrated that the
    operation was in compliance.
     
    iii) For catalytic afterburners and carbon adsorbers for which
    VOM concentration is monitored, all 3-hour periods of
    operation during which the average VOM concentration or
    the reading of organics in the exhaust gases is more than 20
    percent greater than the average exhaust gas concentration
    or reading measured by the organic monitoring device
    during the most recent determination of the recovery
    efficiency of a carbon adsorber or performance test for a
    catalytic afterburner, which determination or test that
    demonstrated that the operation was in compliance.
     
    3) An owner or operator that uses a carbon adsorber to comply with Section
    219.401 of this Part may operate the adsorber during periods of
    monitoring equipment malfunction, provided that:
     
    A) The owner or operator notifies in writing the Agency and USEPA,
    within 10 days after the conclusion of any 72 hour period during
    which the adsorber is operated and the associated monitoring
    equipment is not operational, of such monitoring equipment failure
    and provides the duration of the malfunction, a description of the
    repairs made to the equipment, and the total to date of all hours in
    the calendar year during which the adsorber was operated and the
    associated monitoring equipment was not operational;
     
    B) During such period of malfunction the adsorber is operated using
    timed sequences as the basis for periodic regeneration of the
    adsorber;
     
    C) The period of such adsorber operation does not exceed 360 hours
    in any calendar year without the approval of the Agency and
    USEPA; and

     
    152
     
    D) The total of all hours in the calendar year during which the
    adsorber was operated and the associated monitoring equipment
    was not operational shall be reported, in writing, to the Agency and
    USEPA by January 31st of the following calendar year.
     
    e) Overall Efficiency
     
    1) The overall efficiency of the emission control system shall be determined
    as the product of the capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol as specified in 40 CFR
    60.433, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, (and
    revised by subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section) for each solvent recovery
    system. In those cases in which the overall efficiency is being determined
    for an entire line, the capture efficiency used to calculate the product of
    the capture and control efficiency is the total capture efficiency over the
    entire line.
     
    2) For coating lines which are both chosen by the owner or operator to
    comply with Section 219.207(a), (d), (e), (f), or (g) of this Part by the
    alternative in Section 219.207(b)(2) of this Part and meet the criteria
    allowing them to comply with Section 219.207 instead of Section 219.204
    of this Part, the overall efficiency of the capture system and control
    device, as determined by the test methods and procedures specified in
    subsections (c), (d) and (e)(1) of this Section, shall be no less than the
    equivalent overall efficiency which shall be calculated by the following
    equation:
     
    E = ([VOMa - VOMl]/VOMa) x 100
     
    where:
     
    E = Equivalent overall efficiency of the capture system
    and control device as a percentage;
     
    VOMa = Actual VOM content of a coating, or the daily-
    weighted average VOM content of two or more
    coatings (if more than one coating is used), as
    applied to the subject coating line as determined by
    the applicable test methods and procedures
    specified in subsection (a)(4)(i) of this Part in units
    of kg VOM/1 (1b VOM/gal) of coating solids as
    applied;
     
    VOMl = The VOM emission limit specified in Sections
    219.204 or 219.205 of this Part in units of kg

     
    153
    VOM/1 (1b VOM/gal) of coating solids as applied.
     
    f) Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods
     
    The methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part delineated below shall be used to determine control
    device efficiencies.
     
    1) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 18, 25 or 25A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part as appropriate to the conditions at
    the site, shall be used to determine VOM concentration. Method selection
    shall be based on consideration of the diversity of organic species present
    and their total concentration and on consideration of the potential presence
    of interfering gases. Except as indicated in subsections (f)(1)(A) and (B)
    below, the test shall consist of three separate runs, each lasting a minimum
    of 60 min, unless the Agency and the USEPA determine that process
    variables dictate shorter sampling times.
     
    A) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
    carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the
    individual adsorber vessels, the test shall consist of three separate
    runs, each coinciding with one or more complete sequences
    through the adsorption cycles of all the individual adsorber vessels.
     
    B) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
    carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each
    adsorber vessel, each adsorber vessel shall be tested individually.
    The test for each adsorber vessel shall consist of three separate
    runs. Each run shall coincide with one or more complete
    adsorption cycles.
     
    2) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 1 or 1A, incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used for sample and velocity
    traverses.
     
    3) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 2, 2A, 2C or 2D, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used for velocity and
    volumetric flow rates.
     
    4) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 3, incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used for gas analysis.
     
    5) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 4, incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used for stack gas moisture.
     

     
    154
    6) 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3 and 4,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be
    performed, as applicable, at least twice during each test run.
     
    7) Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods specified in subsections
    (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this Section may not be used unless
    approved by the Agency and the USEPA on a case by case basis. An
    owner or operator must submit sufficient documentation for the Agency
    and the USEPA to find that the test methods specified in subsections
    (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this Section will yield inaccurate results
    and that the proposed adaptation is appropriate.
     
    g) Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material Owners or operators
    required by this Part to carry out a leak detection monitoring program shall
    comply with the following requirements:
     
    1) Leak Detection Monitoring
     
    A) Monitoring shall comply with 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method
    21, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    B) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of
    Method 21.
     
    C) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of its use
    by the methods specified in Method 21.
     
    D) Calibration gases shall be:
     
    i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
     
    ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a
    concentration of approximately, but no less than, 10,000
    ppm methane or n-hexane.
     
    E) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential leak
    interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in
    Method 21.
     
    2) When equipment is tested for compliance with no detectable emissions as
    required, the test shall comply with the following requirements:
     
    A) The requirements of subsections (g)(1)(A) through (g)(1)(E) of this
    Section above shall apply.
     

     
    155
    B) The background level shall be determined as set forth in Method
    21.
     
    3) Leak detection tests shall be performed consistent with:
     
    A) "APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile Organic Compound
    Emissions from Leaking Process Equipment", EPA-450/2-82-015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    B) "Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOM
    Sources", EPA-340/1-86-015, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112 of this Part.
     
    C) "Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission Estimates for
    Equipment Leaks of VOM and VHAP", EPA-450/3-88-010,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    D) "Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual", EPA-340/1-80-008,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    h) Bulk Gasoline Delivery System Test Protocol
     
    1) The method for determining the emissions of gasoline from a vapor
    recovery system are delineated in 40 CFR 60, Subpart XX, Section
    60.503, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    2) Other tests shall be performed consistent with:
     
    A) "Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic Emissions
    from Gasoline Marketing Operations: Appendix D", EPA-340/1-
    80-012, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    B) "Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading
    Terminals: Appendix A", EPA-450/2-77-026, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part.
     
    i) Notwithstanding other requirements of this Part, upon request of the Agency
    where it is necessary to demonstrate compliance, an owner or operator of an
    emission unit which is subject to this Part shall, at his own expense, conduct tests
    in accordance with the applicable test methods and procedures specific in this
    Part. Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority of the USEPA pursuant to
    the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require testing.
     
    j) Stage II Gasoline Vapor Recovery Test Methods
    The methods for determining the acceptable performance of Stage II Gasoline
    Vapor Recovery System are delineated in "Technical Guidance-Stage II Vapor

     
    156
    Recovery Systems for Control of Vehicle Refueling Emissions at Gasoline
    Dispensing Facilities," found at EPA 450/3-91-022b and incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112 of this Part. Specifically, the test methods are as
    follows:
     
    1) Dynamic Backpressure Test is a test procedure used to determine the
    pressure drop (flow resistance) through balance vapor collection and
    control systems (including nozzles, vapor hoses, swivels, dispenser piping
    and underground piping) at prescribed flow rates.
     
    2) Pressure Decay/Leak Test is a test procedure used to quantify the vapor
    tightness of a vapor collection and control system installed at gasoline
    dispensing facilities.
     
    3) Liquid Blockage Test is a test procedure used to detect low points in any
    vapor collection and control system where condensate may accumulate.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.112 Incorporations by Reference
     
    The following materials are incorporated by reference and do not contain any subsequent
    additions or amendments:
     
    a) American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA
    19103:
     
    1) ASTM D2879-86
    2) ASTM D323-82
    3) ASTM D86-82
    4) ASTM D369-69 (1971)
    5) ASTM D396-69
    6) ASTM D2880-71
    7) ASTM D975-68
    8) ASTM D3925-81 (1985)
    9) ASTM E300-86
    10) ASTM D1475-85
    11) ASTM D2369-87
    12) ASTM D3792-86
    13) ASTM D4017-81 (1987)
    14) ASTM D4457-85
    15) ASTM D2697-86
    16) ASTM D3980-87
    17) ASTM E180-85
    18) ASTM D2372-85
    19) ASTM D97-66

     
    157
    20) ASTM E168-87 (1977)
    21) ASTM E169-87
    22) ASTM E260-91
    23) ASTM D2504-83
    24) ASTM D2382-83
    25) ASTM D323-82 (approved 1982)
     
    b) Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by Executive Office of the
    President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C., 1987.
     
    c) American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517, "Evaporation Loss From Floating
    Roof Tanks", Second ed., February, 1980.
     
    d) 40 CFR Part 60 (July 1, 1991).
     
    e) 40 CFR Part 61 (July 1, 1991).
     
    f) 40 CFR Part 50 (July 1, 1991).
     
    g) 40 CFR Part 51 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR Part 51 Appendix M, Methods 204-
    204F (July 1, 1999).
     
    h) 40 CFR Part 52 (July 1, 1991).
     
    i) 40 CFR Part 80 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR Part 80 Appendixes D, E, and F (July
    1, 1993).
     
    j) "A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation", July 1986, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-86-016.
     
    k) "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by
    Paint, Ink and Other Coating", (revised June 1986), United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington D.C., EPA-450/3-84-019.
     
    l) "A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations", August 1988, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C., EPA-340/1-88-003.
     
    m) "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic Compound Emission Rate
    of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Topcoat Operations", December 1988,
    United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C., EPA-450/3-
    88-018.
     
    n) "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products", December 1978, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-78-029.
     

     
    158
    o) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and
    Vapor Collection Systems", December 1978, Appendix B, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-78-051.
     
    p) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound emissions Emissions from Large
    Petroleum Dry Cleaners", September 1982, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-82-009.
     
    q) "APTI Course SI417 Controlling Volatile Organic Compound
    Emissions from Leaking Process Equipment", 1982, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-82-015.
     
    r) "Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOM Sources", June 1986,
    United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-
    86-015.
     
    s) "Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission Estimates for Equipment Leaks
    of VOM and VHAP", October 1988, United States Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-88-010.
     
    t) "Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual", March 1980, United States
    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-80-008.
     
    u) "Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Gasoline
    Marketing Operations: Appendix D", 1980, United States Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-80-012.
     
    v) "Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading Terminals:
    Appendix A", December 1977, United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-77-026.
     
    w) "Technical Guidance-Stage II Vapor Recovery Systems for Control of Vehicle
    Refueling Emissions at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities", November 1991, United
    States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-91-022b.
     
    x) California Air Resources Board, Compliance Division. Compliance Assistance
    Program: Gasoline Marketing and Distribution: Gasoline Facilities Phase I & II
    (October 1988, rev. November 1993) (CARB Manual).
     
    y) “Guidelines for Determining Capture Efficiency,”, January 1995, Office of Air
    Quality Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Research Triangle Park, NC.
     
    z) Memorandum “Revised Capture Efficiency Guidance for Control of Volatile
    Organic Compound Emissions,” February, 1995, John S. Seitz, Director, Office of

     
    159
    Air Quality Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection
    Agency.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.204 Emission Limitations
     
    Except as provided in Sections 219.205, 219.207, 219.208, 219.212, 219.215 and 219.216 of this
    Subpart, no owner or operator of a coating line shall apply at any time any coating in which the
    VOM content exceeds the following emission limitations for the specified coating. Except as
    provided in Section 219.204(l), compliance with the emission limitations marked with an asterisk
    in this Section is required on and after March 15, 1996, and compliance with emission
    limitations not marked with an asterisk is required until March 15, 1996. The following
    emission limitations are expressed in units of VOM per volume of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied at each
    coating applicator, except where noted. Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM should be treated as water for the purpose of calculating the "less water" part
    of the coating composition. Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) of this
    Part and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(c) of this
    Subpart except where noted. (Note: The equation presented in Section 219.206 of this Part shall
    be used to calculate emission limitations for determining compliance by add-on controls, credits
    for transfer efficiency, emissions trades and cross-line averaging.) The emission limitations are
    as follows:
     
    a) Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Coating kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Prime coat 0.14 (1.2)
    0.14* (1.2)*
     
    2) Primer surface coat 1.81 (15.1)
    1.81* (15.1)*
     
    (Note: The primer surface coat limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM
    per l (gal) of coating solids deposited. Compliance with the limitation
    shall be based on the daily-weighted average from an entire primer surface
    operation. Compliance shall be demonstrated in accordance with the
    topcoat protocol referenced in Section 219.105(b) and the recordkeeping
    and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(f). Testing to
    demonstrate compliance shall be performed in accordance with the topcoat
    protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved by the Agency and
    USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the
    protocol. Section 219.205 does not apply to the primer surface limitation.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    3) Topcoat 1.81 (15.1)

     
    160
    1.81* (15.1)*
     
    (Note: The topcoat limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM per l (gal) of
    coating solids deposited. Compliance with the limitation shall be based on
    the daily-weighted average from an entire topcoat operation. Compliance
    shall be demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced
    in Section 219.105(b) of this Part and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(f). Testing to demonstrate
    compliance shall be performed in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    and a detailed testing proposal approved by the Agency and USEPA
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the protocol.
    Section 219.205 of this Part does not apply to the topcoat limitation.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    4) Final repair coat 0.58 (4.8)
    0.58* (4.8)*
     
    b) Can Coating kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Sheet basecoat and overvarnish
     
    A) Sheet basecoat 0.34 (2.8)
    0.26* (2.2)*
    B) Overvarnish 0.34 (2.8)
    0.34 (2.8)*
     
    2) Exterior basecoat and overvarnish 0.34 (2.8)
    0.25* (2.1)*
     
    3) Interior body spray coat
     
    A) Two piece 0.51 (4.2)
    0.44* (3.7)*
    B) Three piece 0.51 (4.2)
    0.51* (4.2)*
     
    4) Exterior end coat 0.51 (4.2)
    0.51* (4.2)*
     
    5) Side seam spray coat 0.66 (5.5)
    0.66* (5.5)*
     
    6) End sealing compound coat 0.44 (3.7)
    0.44* (3.7)*
     
    kg/l lb/gal

     
    161
    c) Paper Coating 0.35 (2.9)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    (Note: The paper coating limitation shall not apply to any owner or operator of
    any paper coating line on which flexographic or rotogravure printing is performed
    if the paper coating line complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart H:
    Printing and Publishing, Section 219.401 of this Part. In addition, screen printing
    on paper is not regulated as paper coating, but is regulated under Subpart TT of
    this Part.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    d) Coil Coating 0.31 (2.6)
    0.20* (1.7)*
     
    e) Fabric Coating 0.35 (2.9)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    f) Vinyl Coating 0.45 (3.8)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    g) Metal Furniture Coating
     
    1) Air dried 0.36 (3.0)
    0.34* (2.8)*
     
    2) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    h) Large Appliance Coating
     
    1) Air dried 0.34 (2.8)
    0.34* (2.8)*
     
    2) Baked 0.34 (2.8)
    0.28* (2.3)*
     
    (Note: The limitation shall not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for
    repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided that the volume
    of coating does not exceed 0.95 l (1 quart) in any one rolling eight-hour period.)
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    i) Magnet Wire Coating 0.20 (1.7)
    0.20* (1.7)*
     
    j) Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
    Coating
     
      

     
    162
     
    1) Clear coating 0.52 (4.3)
    0.52* (4.3)*
     
    2) Extreme performance coating
     
    A) Air dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    B) Baked 0.42 (3.5)
    0.40* (3.3)*
     
    3) Steel pail and drum interior
    coating
    0.52 (4.3)
    0.52* (4.3)*
     
    4) All other coatings
     
    A) Air Dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.40* (3.3)*
     
    B) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.34* (2.8)*
     
    5) Metallic Coating
     
    A) Air Dried 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    B) Baked 0.36 (3.0)
    0.36 (3.0)*
     
    6) For purposes of subsection 219.204(j)(5) of this Section, "metallic
    coating" means a coating which contains more than 1/4 lb/gal of metal
    particles, as applied.
     
    k) Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle Products
    Coating
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Extreme performance prime coat 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    2) Extreme performance topcoat (air
    dried)
    0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     

     
    163
    3) Final repair coat (air dried) 0.42 (3.5)
    0.42* (3.5)*
     
    4) All other coatings are subject to the emission limitations for miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings in subsection (j) above.
     
    l) Wood Furniture Coating
     
    1) Limitations before March 15,
    1998:
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    A) Clear topcoat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    B) Opaque stain 0.56 (4.7)
     
    C) Pigmented coat 0.60 (5.0)
     
    D) Repair coat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    E) Sealer 0.67 (5.6)
     
    F) Semi-transparent stain 0.79 (6.6)
     
    G) Wash coat 0.73 (6.1)
     
    (Note: Prior to March 15, 1998, an owner or operator of a wood
    furniture coating operation subject to this Section shall apply all
    coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8 l (10 gal) of
    coating per day used for touch-up and repair operations, using one
    or more of the following application systems: airless spray
    application system, air-assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic bell or disc
    spray application system, heated airless spray application system,
    roller coating, brush or wipe coating application system, dip
    coating application system or high volume low pressure (HVLP)
    application system.)
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1998, wood furniture sealers and topcoats must
    comply with one of the limitations specified in subsections (l)(2)(A)
    through (E), below:
     
    kg VOM/kg
    solids
    lb VOM/lb
    solids
    A) Topcoat 0.8 (0.8)
     
    B) Sealers and topcoats with

     
    164
    the following limits:
     
    i) Sealer other than
    Non-acid-cured
    alkyd amino vinyl
    sealer
    1.9 (1.9)
     
    ii) Topcoat other than
    Non-acid-cured
    alkyd amino
    conversion varnish
    topcoat
    1.8 (1.8)
     
    iii) Acid-cured alkyd
    amino vinyl sealer
    2.3 (2.3)
     
    iv) Acid-cured alkyd
    amino conversion
    varnish topcoat
    2.0 (2.0)
     
    C) Meet the provisions of Section 219.215 of this Subpart for use of
    an averaging approach;
     
    D) Achieve a reduction in emissions equivalent to the requirements of
    Section 219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Subpart, as calculated using
    Section 219.216 of this Subpart; or
     
    E) Use a combination of the methods specified in Section
    219.204(l)(2)(A) through (D) of this Subpart.
     
    3) Other wood furniture coating limitations on and after March 15, 1998:
     
    kg/l lb/gal
    A) Opaque stain 0.56 (4.7)
     
    B) Non-topcoat pigmented
    coat
    0.60 (5.0)
     
    C) Repair coat 0.67 (5.6)
     
    D) Semi-transparent stain 0.79 (6.6)
     
    E) Wash coat 0.73 (6.1)
     
    4) Other wood furniture coating requirements on and after March 15, 1998:
     

     
    165
    A) No source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2) or (3) of
    this Section and utilizing one or more wood furniture coating spray
    booths shall use strippable spray booth coatings containing more
    than 0.8 kg VOM/kg solids (0.8 lb VOM/lb solids), as applied.
     
    B) Any source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2) or (3) of
    this Section shall comply with the requirements of Section 219.217
    of this Subpart.
     
    C) Any source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B)
    of this Section and utilizing one or more continuous coaters, shall
    for each continuous coater, use an initial coating which complies
    with the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Section.
    The viscosity of the coating in each reservoir shall always be
    greater than or equal to the viscosity of the initial coating in the
    reservoir. The owner or operator shall:
     
    i) Monitor the viscosity of the coating in the reservoir with a
    viscosity meter or by testing the viscosity of the initial
    coating and retesting the coating in the reservoir each time
    solvent is added;
     
    ii) Collect and record the reservoir viscosity and the amount
    and weight of VOM per weight of solids of coating and
    solvent each time coating or solvent is added; and
     
    iii) Maintain these records at the source for a period of three
    years.
     
    m) Plastic Parts Coating:
    Automotive/Transportation
    kg/l lb/gal
     
    1) Interiors
     
    A) Baked
     
    i) Color coat 0.49* (4.1)*
    ii) Primer 0.46* (3.8)*
     
    B) Air Dried
     
    i) Color coat 0.38* (3.2)*
    ii) Primer 0.42* (3.5)*
     
    2) Exteriors (flexible and non-
    flexible)
     
      

     
    166
     
    A) Baked
     
    i) Primer 0.60* (5.0)*
     
    ii) Primer non-flexible 0.54* (4.5)*
     
    iii) Clear coat 0.52* (4.3)*
     
    iv) Color coat 0.55* (4.6)*
     
    B) Air Dried
     
    i) Primer 0.66* (5.5)*
     
     
    ii) Clear coat 0.54* (4.5)*
     
    iii) Color coat (red &
    black)
    0.67* (5.6)*
     
    iv) Color coat (others) 0.61* (5.1)*
     
    3) Specialty
     
    A) Vacuum metallizing
    basecoats, texture
    basecoats
    0.66* (5.5)*
     
    B) Black coatings, reflective
    argent coatings, air bag
    cover coatings, and soft
    coatings
    0.71* (5.9)*
     
    C) Gloss reducers, vacuum
    metallizing topcoats, and
    texture topcoats
    0.77* (6.4)*
     
    D) Stencil coatings, adhesion
    primers, ink pad coatings,
    electrostatic prep coatings,
    and resist coatings
    0.82* (6.8)*
     
    E) Head lamp lens coatings 0.89* (7.4)*
     
    n) Plastic Parts Coating: Business Machine kg/l lb/gal

     
    167
     
    1) Primer 0.14* (1.2)*
     
    2) Color coat (non-texture coat) 0.28* (2.3)*
     
    3) Color coat (texture coat) 0.28* (2.3)*
     
    4) Electromagnetic interference/radio
    frequency interference (EMI/RFI)
    shielding coatings
    0.48* (4.0)*
     
    5) Specialty Coatings
     
    A) Soft coat 0.52* (4.3)*
     
    B) Plating resist 0.71* (5.9)*
     
    C) Plating sensitizer 0.85* (7.1)*
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART H: PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
     
    Section 219.405 Lithographic Printing: Applicability
     
    a) Until March 15, 1996, the limitations of Section 219.406 of this Subpart apply to
    all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for
    cleanup operations associated with the heatset web offset lithographic printing
    line(s)) at a source subject to the requirements of this Subpart. All sources with
    heatset web offset lithographic printing lines are sources subject to the
    requirements of this Subpart unless:
     
    1) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for cleanup operations
    associated with the heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s)) at the
    source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year in the absence
    of air pollution control equipment; or
     
    2) A federally enforceable permit or SIP revision for all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line(s) at a source requires the owner or operator to
    limit production or capacity of these printing line(s) to reduce total VOM
    emissions from all heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) to 90.7
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment.
     

     
    168
    b) Any owner or operator of any heatset web offset lithographic printing line that is
    exempt from the limitations in Section 219.406 of this Subpart because of the
    criteria in subsection (a) of this Section shall be subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements in Section 219.406(b)(1) of this Subpart.
     
    c) On and after March 15, 1996, every owner or operator of lithographic printing
    line(s) is subject to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Section
    219.411 of this Subpart.
     
    d) On and after March 15, 1996, Sections 219.407 through 219.410 219.411 of this
    Subpart shall apply to:
     
    1) All owners or operators of heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s)
    unless:
     
    A) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset
    web offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for
    cleanup operations associated with heatset web offset lithographic
    printing lines) at the source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per
    calendar year before the application of capture systems and control
    devices. To determine a source's total maximum theoretical
    emissions of VOM for the purposes of this subsection, the owner
    or operator shall use the calculations set forth in Section
    219.406(b)(1)(A)(ii) of this Subpart; or
     
    B) Federally enforceable permit conditions or SIP revision for all
    heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) at the source
    requires the owner or operator to limit production or capacity of
    these printing line(s) to total VOM emissions of 90.7 Mg/yr (100
    TPY) or less, before the application of capture systems and control
    devices;
     
    2) All owners or operators of heatset web offset, non-heatset web offset, or
    sheet-fed offset lithographic printing line(s), unless the combined
    emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing line(s) at the source
    (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
    lithographic printing line(s)) never exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), as
    determined in accordance with Section 219.411(a)(1)(B), before the
    application of capture systems and control devices.
     
    e) If a lithographic printing line at a source is or becomes subject to one or more of
    the limitations in Sections 219.406 or 219.407 of this Subpart, the lithographic
    printing line(s) at the source are always subject to the applicable provisions of this
    Subpart.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)

     
    169
     
    Section 219.406 Provisions Applying to Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Prior to
    March 15, 1996
     
    a)A) Emission Standards and Limitations. No owner or operator of a heatset web
    offset printing line at a source that meets or exceeds the applicability levels in
    Section 219.405(a) of this Subpart may cause or allow the operation of such
    heatset web offset printing line(s) unless the owner or operator meets the
    requirements in subsections (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this Section and the requirements in
    subsections (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this Section. The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this Section by using the applicable test methods
    and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a), (d), and (f) of this Part and by
    complying with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in
    subsection (b) of this Section.
     
    1) An afterburner system is installed and operated that reduces 90 percent of
    the VOM emissions (excluding methane and ethane) from the dryer
    exhaust; or
     
    2) The fountain solution contains no more than 8
    percent, by weight, of VOM and a condensation
    recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non-isopropyl
    alcohol organic materials from the dryer exhaust;
    and
     
    3) The control device is equipped with the applicable monitoring equipment
    specified in Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and the monitoring
    equipment is installed, calibrated, operated and maintained according to
    manufacturer's specifications at all times when the control device is in use;
    and
     
    4) The control device is operated at all times when the printing line is in
    operation.
     
    b) Recordkeeping and Reporting. The VOM content of each fountain solution and
    ink and the efficiency of each control device shall be determined by the applicable
    test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105 of this Part to establish
    the records required under this subsection.
     
    1) Any owner or operator of a lithographic printing line which is exempted
    from the limitations of subsection (a) of this Section because of the criteria
    in 219.405(a) of this Subpart shall comply with the following:
     
    A) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, the owner or
    operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line to which

     
    170
    subsection (b)(1) of this Section is applicable shall certify to the
    Agency that the heatset web offset lithographic printing line is
    exempt under the provisions of Section 219.405(a) of this Subpart.
    Such certification shall include:
     
    i) A declaration that the heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line is exempt from the limitations of subsection
    (a) of this Section because of the criteria in Section
    219.405(a) of this Subpart; and
     
    ii) Calculations which demonstrate that total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset web offset
    lithographic printing lines at the source never exceed 90.7
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the application of
    air pollution control equipment. Total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM for a heatset web offset
    lithographic printing source is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM from each heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line at the source. The following
    equation shall be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VOM per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment for each heatset
    web offset lithographic printing line at the source:
     
    Ep = (R x A x B) + (C x D) + 1095 (F x G x H)
    100
     
    where:
     
    Ep = Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from
    one heatset web offset printing line in units of kg/yr
    (lb/yr);
     
    A = Weight of VOM per volume of solids of ink with
    the highest VOM content as applied each year on
    the printing line in units of kg/l (lb/gal) of solids;
     
    B = Total volume of solids for all inks that can
    potentially be applied each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The instrument or method
    by which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of each ink as
    applied and the amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing line shall be
    described in the certification to the Agency;
     

     
    171
    C = Weight of VOM per volume of fountain solution
    with the highest VOM content as applied each year
    on the printing line in units of kg/l (lb/gal) The
    weight percent VOM of the fountain solution with
    the highest VOM content;
     
    D = The total volume of fountain solution that can
    potentially be used each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The instrument and/or
    method by which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of each fountain
    solution used and the amount that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line shall be
    described in the certification to the Agency;
     
    F = Weight of VOM per volume of material for the
    cleanup material or solvent with the highest VOM
    content as used each year on the printing line in
    units of kg/l (lb/gal) of such material;
     
    G = The greatest volume of cleanup material or solvent
    used in any 8-hour period; and
     
    H = The highest fraction of cleanup material or solvent
    which is not recycled or recovered for offsite
    disposal during any 8-hour period.
     
    R = The multiplier representing the amount of VOM not
    retained in the substrate being used. For paper, R =
    0.8. For foil, plastic, or other impervious substrates,
    R = 1.0.
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, the
    owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    to which subsection (b)(1) of this Section is applicable shall collect
    and record all of the following information each year for each
    printing line and maintain the information at the source for a
    period of three years:
     
    i) The name and identification of each fountain solution and
    ink as applied on each printing line; and
     
    ii) The VOM content and the volume of each fountain solution
    and ink as applied each year on each printing line.
     

     
    172
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, the
    owner or operator of a source exempted from the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section because of the criteria in Section
    219.405(a) of this Subpart shall notify the Agency of any record
    showing that total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from
    all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) in any calendar year in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment by sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedence occurs.
     
    2) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section and complying by means of subsection (a)(1)
    of this Section shall comply with the following:
     
    A) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon changing the method
    of compliance for an existing printing line from subsection (a)(2)
    to (a)(1) of this Section, perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject printing line will be in compliance with subsection
    (a)(1) of this Section on and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106 of this Part, or on and after the initial start-up date;
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
    on and after the initial start-up date, collect and record the
    following information each day for each printing line and maintain
    the information at the source for a period of three years:
     
    i) Control device monitoring data;
     
    ii) A log of operating time for the control device, monitoring
    equipment and the associated printing line; and
     
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device and monitoring
    equipment detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates and duration of any
    outages;
     
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part,
    notify the Agency in the following instances:
     
    i) Any violation of subsection (a)(1) of this Section shall be
    reported to the Agency, in writing, within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation;
     

     
    173
    ii) Any record showing a violation of subsection (a)(1) of this
    Section shall be reported by sending a copy of such record
    to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of
    the violation; and
     
    iii) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(1) to (a)(2) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(3)(A) of this Section. Upon changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(1) to (a)(2) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(3) of this Section.
     
    3) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the limitations of
    subsection (a) of this Section and complying by means of subsection (a)(2)
    of this Section shall:
     
    A) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon changing the method
    of compliance for an existing printing line from subsection (a)(1)
    to (a)(2) of this Section, perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    and the USEPA the results of all tests and calculations necessary to
    demonstrate that the subject printing line will be in compliance
    with subsection (a)(2) of this Section on and after a date consistent
    with Section 219.106 of this Part, or on and after the initial start-up
    date;
     
    B) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
    on and after the initial start-up date, collect and record the
    following information each day for each printing line and maintain
    the information at the source for a period of three years:
     
    i) The VOM content of the fountain solution used each day
    on each printing line;
     
    ii) A log of operating time for the control device and the
    associated printing line; and
     
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device detailing all
    routine and non-routine maintenance performed including
    dates and duration of any outages;
     
    C) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part,
    notify the Agency in the following instances:

     
    174
     
    i) Any violation of subsection (a)(2) shall be reported to the
    Agency, in writing, within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation;
     
    ii) Any record showing a violation of subsection (a)(2) of this
    Section shall be reported by sending a copy of such record
    to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of
    the violation; and
     
    iii) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(2) to (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(2)(A) of this Section. Upon changing the method of
    compliance with subsection (a) of this Section from
    subsection (a)(2) to (a)(1) of this Section, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection
    (b)(2) of this Section.
     
    c) Compliance Schedule. Every owner or operator of a heatset web offset
    lithographic printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in accordance with the applicable
    compliance schedule specified in subsections (c)(1), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this
    Section:
     
    1) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    which is exempt from the limitations of subsection (a) of this Section
    because of the criteria in Section 219.405(a) of this Subpart shall operate
    said printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
    Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to
    comply with, Sections 219.405(a) and 219.406(b)(1) of this Subpart.
     
    2) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    complying by means of subsection (a)(1) of this Section shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part,
    unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, subsections (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4) and (b)(2) of this Section.
     
    3) No owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    complying by means of subsection (a)(2) of this Section shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part,
    unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with subsections (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4) and (b)(3) of this Section.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)

     
    175
     
    Section 219.407 Emission Limitations and Control Requirements for Lithographic Printing
    Lines On and After March 15, 1996
     
    a) On and after March 15, 1996, no owner or operator of lithographic printing line(s)
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall:
     
    1) Cause or allow the operation of any heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line unless:
     
    A) The total VOM content in the as-applied fountain solution meets
    one of the following conditions:
     
    i) 1.6 percent or less, by volume;
     
    ii) 3 percent or less, by volume, and the temperature of the
    fountain solution is maintained below 15.6
    °
    C (60
    °
    F),
    measured at the reservoir or the fountain tray; or
     
    iii) 5 percent or less, by volume, and the as-applied fountain
    solution contains no alcohol;
     
    B) The air pressure in the dryer is maintained lower than the air
    pressure of the press room, such that air flow through all openings
    in the dryer, other than the exhaust, is into the dryer at all times
    when the printing line is operating;
     
    C) An afterburner is installed and operated so that VOM emissions
    (excluding methane and ethane) from the press dryer exhaust(s) are
    reduced by 90 percent, by weight, or to a maximum afterburner
    exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
     
    D) The afterburner is equipped with the applicable monitoring
    equipment specified in Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and the
    monitoring equipment is installed, calibrated, operated, and
    maintained according to manufacturer's specifications at all times
    when the afterburner is in use; and
     
    E) The afterburner is operated at all times when the printing line is in
    operation, except the afterburner may be shut down between
    November 1 and April 1 as provided in Section 219.107 of this
    Part;
     
    2) Cause or allow the operation of any non-heatset web offset lithographic
    printing line unless the VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is

     
    176
    5 percent or less, by volume, and the as-applied fountain solution contains
    no alcohol;
     
    3) Cause or allow the operation of any sheet-fed offset lithographic printing
    line unless:
     
    A) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 5 percent
    or less, by volume; or
     
    B) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 8.5 percent
    or less, by volume, and the temperature of the fountain solution is
    maintained below 15.6
    °
    C (60
    °
    F), measured at the reservoir or the
    fountain tray;
     
    4) Cause or allow the use of a cleaning solution on any lithographic printing
    line unless:
     
    A) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution is less than or
    equal to 30 percent, by weight; or
     
    B) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of the as-used cleaning
    solution is less than 10 mmHg at 20
    °
    C (68
    °
    F);
     
    5) Cause or allow VOM containing cleaning materials, including used
    cleaning towels, associated with any lithographic printing line to be kept,
    stored or disposed of in any manner other than in closed containers.
     
    b) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to
    the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) of this Subpart may use a control
    device other than an afterburner, if:
     
    1) The control device reduces VOM emissions from the press dryer
    exhaust(s) by at least 90 percent, by weight, or to a maximum control
    device exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
     
    2) The owner or operator submits a plan to the Agency detailing appropriate
    monitoring devices, test methods, recordkeeping requirements, and
    operating parameters for the control device; and
     
    3) The use of the control device with testing, monitoring, and recordkeeping
    in accordance with this plan is approved by the Agency and USEPA as
    federally enforceable permit conditions.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     

     
    177
    Section 219.410 Monitoring Requirements for Lithographic Printing
     
    a) Fountain Solution Temperature.
     
    1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line(s) relying on the
    temperature of the fountain solution to demonstrate compliance shall
    install, maintain, and continuously operate a temperature monitor of the
    fountain solution in the reservoir or fountain tray, as applicable.
     
    2) The temperature monitor must be capable of reading with an accuracy of
    1
    o
    C or 2
    o
    F 0.3
    °
    C or 0.5
    °
    F, and must be attached to an automatic,
    continuous recording device such as a strip chart, recorder, or computer,
    with at least the same accuracy, that is installed, calibrated and maintained
    in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. If the automatic,
    continuous recording device malfunctions, the owner or operator shall
    record the temperature of the fountain solution at least once every two
    operating hours. The automatic, continuous recording device shall be
    repaired or replaced as soon as practicable.
     
    b) Fountain Solution VOM Content. The owner or operator of any lithographic
    printing line(s) subject to Section 219.407(a)(1)(A) 218.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) or
    (a)(3) of this Subpart shall:
     
    1) For a fountain solution to which VOM is not added automatically:
     
    A) Maintain records of the VOM content of the fountain solution in
    accordance with Section 219.411(c)(2)(C) 218.411(c)(2)(C); or
     
    B) Take a sample of the as-applied fountain solution from the fountain
    tray or reservoir, as applicable, each time a fresh batch of fountain
    solution is prepared or each time VOM is added to an existing
    batch of fountain solution in the fountain tray or reservoir, and
    shall determine compliance with the VOM content limitation of the
    as-applied fountain solution by using one of the following options:
     
    i) With a refractometer or hydrometer with a visual, analog,
    or digital readout and with an accuracy of 0.5 percent. The
    refractometer or hydrometer must be calibrated with a
    standard solution for the type of VOM used in the fountain
    solution, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications,
    against measurements performed to determine compliance.
    The refractometer or hydrometer must be corrected for
    temperature at least once per 8-hour shift or once per batch
    of fountain solution prepared or modified, whichever is
    longer; or
     

     
    178
    ii) With a conductivity meter if it is demonstrated that a
    refractometer and hydrometer cannot distinguish between
    compliant and noncompliant fountain solution for the type
    and amount of VOM in the fountain solution. A source
    may use a conductivity meter if it demonstrates that both
    hydrometers and refractometers fail to provide significantly
    different measurements for standard solutions containing
    95 percent, 100 percent and 105 percent of the applicable
    VOM content limit. The conductivity meter reading for the
    fountain solution must be referenced to the conductivity of
    the incoming water. A standard solution shall be used to
    calibrate the conductivity meter for the type of VOM used
    in the fountain solution, in accordance with manufacturer's
    specifications;
     
    2) For fountain solutions to which VOM is added at the source with
    automatic feed equipment, determine the VOM content of the as-applied
    fountain solution based on the setting of the automatic feed equipment
    which makes additions of VOM up to a pre-set level. Records must be
    retained of the VOM content of the fountain solution in accordance with
    Section 219.411(c)(2)(D) of this Subpart. The equipment used to make
    automatic additions must be installed, calibrated, operated and maintained
    in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
     
    c) Afterburners For Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Line(s).
     
    If an afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a
    heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to Section 219.407(a)(1)(C)
    of this Subpart shall:
     
    1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate temperature monitoring device(s)
    with an accuracy of 3
    °
    C or 5
    °
    F on the afterburner in accordance with
    Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and in accordance with the
    manufacturer's specifications. Monitoring shall be performed at all times
    when the afterburner is operating; and
     
    2) Install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with manufacturer's
    specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature monitoring
    device(s), such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, with at least the
    same accuracy as the temperature monitor.
     
    d) Other Control Devices for Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Line(s). If a
    control device other than an afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the
    owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to this
    Subpart shall install, maintain, calibrate and operate such monitoring equipment

     
    179
    as set forth in the owner or operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA
    pursuant to Section 219.407(b) of this Subpart.
     
    e) Cleaning Solution.
     
    1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line relying on the
    VOM content of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
    219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart must:
     
    A) For cleaning solutions that are prepared at the source with
    equipment that automatically mixes cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM):
     
    i) Install, operate, maintain, and calibrate the automatic feed
    equipment in accordance with manufacturer's specifications
    to regulate the volume of each of the cleaning solvent and
    water (or other non-VOM), as mixed; and
     
    ii) Pre-set the automatic feed equipment so that the
    consumption rates of the cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM), as applied, comply with Section
    219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart;
     
    B) For cleaning solutions that are not prepared at the source with
    automatic feed equipment, keep records of the usage of cleaning
    solvent and water (or other non-VOM) as set forth in Section
    219.411(d)(2) of this Subpart.
     
    2) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line relying on the
    vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
    219.407(a)(4)(B) of this Subpart must keep records for such cleaning
    solutions used on any such line(s) as set forth in Section 219.411(d)(2)(C)
    of this Subpart.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.411 Recordkeeping and Reporting for Lithographic Printing
     
    a) An owner or operator of lithographic printing line(s) exempt from the limitations
    of Section 219.407 of this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 219.405(d) of
    this Subpart shall comply with the following:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, upon initial start-up of a new lithographic printing
    line, and upon modification of a lithographic printing line, submit a
    certification to the Agency that includes:
     

     
    180
    A) A declaration that the source is exempt from the control
    requirements in Section 219.407 of this Part because of the criteria
    in Section 219.405(d) of this Subpart;
     
    B) Calculations which demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM
    from all lithographic printing lines (including inks, fountain
    solutions, and solvents used for cleanup operations associated with
    the lithographic printing lines) at the source never exceed 45.5
    kg/day (100 lbs/day) before the use of capture systems and control
    devices, as follows:
     
    i) To calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or
    operator shall determine the monthly emissions of VOM
    from all lithographic printing lines at the source (including
    solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
    lithographic printing lines) and divide this amount by the
    number of days during that calendar month that
    lithographic printing lines at the source were in operation;
     
    ii) To determine the VOM content of the inks, fountain
    solution additives and cleaning solvents, the tests methods
    and procedures set forth in Section 219.409(c) of this
    Subpart shall be used;
     
    iii) To determine VOM emissions from inks used on
    lithographic printing line(s) at the source, an ink emission
    adjustment factor of 0.05 shall be used in calculating
    emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an
    impervious substrate, and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in
    calculating emissions from all heatset inks to account for
    VOM retention in the substrate except when using an
    impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as
    metal or plastic, no emission adjustment factor is used. The
    VOM content of the ink, as used, shall be multiplied by this
    factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the
    use of ink on the printing line(s); and
     
    iv) To determine VOM emissions from fountain solutions and
    cleaning solvents used on lithographic printing line(s) at the
    source, no retention factor is used;
     
    C) Either a declaration that the source, through federally enforceable
    permit conditions, has limited its maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM from all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines
    (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with
    heatset web offset printing lines) at the source to no more than 90.7

     
    181
    Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices or calculations which demonstrate that
    the source's total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM do not
    exceed 90.7 Mg/yr (100 TPY). To determine the source's total
    maximum theoretical emissions for the purposes of this subsection,
    the owner or operator shall use the calculations set forth in Section
    219.406(b)(1)(A)(ii) of this Subpart; and
     
    D) A description and the results of all tests used to determine the
    VOM content of inks, fountain solution additives, and cleaning
    solvents, and a declaration that all such tests have been properly
    conducted in accordance with Section 219.409(c)(1) of this
    Subpart;
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record either the information
    specified in subsection (a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(B) of this Section for all
    lithographic printing lines at the source:
     
    A) Standard recordkeeping, including the following:
     
    i) The name and identification of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line, recorded each month;
     
    ii) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing
    line at the source was in operation on that day;
     
    iii) The VOM content and the volume of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line, recorded each month;
     
    iv) The total VOM emissions at the source each month,
    determined as the sum of the product of usage and VOM
    content for each fountain solution additive, cleaning
    solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
    emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each
    month; and
     
    v) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
    accordance with Section 219.411(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart;
     
    B) Purchase and inventory recordkeeping, including the following:
     
    i) The name, identification, and VOM content of each
    fountain solution additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning

     
    182
    solvent used on any lithographic printing line, recorded
    each month;
     
    ii) Inventory records from the beginning and end of each
    month indicating the total volume of each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent to be used
    on any lithographic printing line at the source;
     
    iii) Monthly purchase records for each fountain solution
    additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
    lithographic printing line at the source;
     
    iv) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing
    line at the source was in operation on that day;
     
    v) The total VOM emissions at the source each month,
    determined as the sum of the product of usage and VOM
    content for each fountain solution additive, cleaning
    solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
    emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each
    month based on the monthly inventory and purchase
    records required to be maintained pursuant to subsections
    (a)(2)(B)(i), (a)(2)(B)(ii) and (a)(2)(B)(iii) of this Section;
    and
     
    vi) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
    accordance with Section 219.411(a)(1)(B)218.411(a)(1)(B)
    of this Subpart;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing if the
    combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines
    (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup
    operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source
    ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
    and control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs. Such
    notification shall include a copy of all records of such event.
     
    b) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic printing line(s) subject
    to the control requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart
    shall comply with the following:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, upon initial start-up of a new printing line, and upon
    initial start-up of a new control device for a heatset web offset printing
    line, submit a certification to the Agency that includes the following:
     

     
    183
    A) An identification of each heatset web offset lithographic printing
    line at the source;
     
    B) A declaration that each heatset web offset lithographic printing line
    is in compliance with the requirements of Section 219.407
    (a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(1)(D) and (a)(1)(E) or (b) of this Subpart,
    as appropriate;
     
    C) The type of afterburner or other approved control device used to
    comply with the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or
    (b)(1) of this Subpart;
     
    D) The control requirements in Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of
    this Subpart with which the lithographic printing line is complying;
     
    E) The results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the control requirements of Section
    219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as applicable; and
     
    F) A declaration that the monitoring equipment required under
    Section 219.407(a)(1)(D) or (b) of this Subpart, as applicable, has
    been properly installed and calibrated according to manufacturer's
    specifications;
     
    2) If testing of the afterburner or other approved control device is conducted
    pursuant to Section 219.409(b) of this Subpart, the owner or operator
    shall, within 90 days after conducting such testing, submit a copy of all
    test results to the Agency and shall submit a certification to the Agency
    that includes the following:
     
    A) A declaration that all tests and calculations necessary to
    demonstrate whether the lithographic printing line(s) is in
    compliance with Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this
    Subpart, as applicable, have been properly performed;
     
    B) A statement whether the lithographic printing line(s) is or is not in
    compliance with Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this
    Subpart, as applicable; and
     
    C) The operating parameters of the afterburner or other approved
    control device during testing, as monitored in accordance with
    Section 219.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as applicable;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record daily the following
    information for each heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject
    to the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart:

     
    184
     
    A) Afterburner or other approved control device monitoring data in
    accordance with Section 219.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as
    applicable;
     
    B) A log of operating time for the afterburner or other approved
    control device, monitoring equipment, and the associated printing
    line;
     
    C) A maintenance log for the afterburner or other approved control
    device and monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-
    routine maintenance performed, including dates and duration of
    any outages; and
     
    D) A log detailing checks on the air flow direction or air pressure of
    the dryer and press room to insure compliance with the
    requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart at least
    once per 24-hour period while the line is operating;
     
    4) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing of any
    violation of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart within 30
    days after the occurrence of such violation. Such notification shall include
    a copy of all records of such violation;
     
    5) If changing its method of compliance between subsections (a)(1)(C) and
    (b) of Section 219.407 of this Subpart, certify compliance for the new
    method of compliance in accordance with subsection (b)(1) of this Section
    at least 30 days before making such change, and perform all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing line(s) will be in
    compliance with the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C),
    (a)(1)(D) and (a)(1)(E) of this Subpart, or Section 219.407(b) of this
    Subpart, as applicable.
     
    c) An owner or operator of a lithographic printing line subject to Section
    219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart, shall:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, and upon initial start-up of a new lithographic
    printing line, certify to the Agency that fountain solutions used on each
    lithographic printing line will be in compliance with the applicable VOM
    content limitation. Such certification shall include:
     
    A) Identification of each lithographic printing line at the source, by
    type, e.g., heatset web offset, non-heatset web offset, or sheet-fed
    offset;
     

     
    185
    B) Identification of each centralized fountain solution reservoir and
    each lithographic printing line that it serves;
     
    C) The VOM content limitation with which each fountain solution
    will comply;
     
    D) Initial documentation that each type of fountain solution will
    comply with the applicable VOM content limitation, including
    copies of manufacturer's specifications, test results, if any,
    formulation data and calculations;
     
    E) Identification of the method that will be used to demonstrate
    continuing compliance with the applicable limitation, e.g., a
    refractometer, hydrometer, conductivity meter, or recordkeeping
    procedures with detailed description of the compliance
    methodology; and
     
    F) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to Section
    219.411(c)(2) of this Subpart.
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record the following information
    for each fountain solution:
     
    A) The name and identification of each batch of fountain solution
    prepared for use on one or more lithographic printing lines, the
    lithographic printing line(s) or centralized reservoir using such
    batch of fountain solution, and the applicable VOM content
    limitation for the batch;
     
    B) If an owner or operator uses a hydrometer, refractometer, or
    conductivity meter, pursuant to Section 219.410(b)(1)(B), to
    demonstrate compliance with the applicable VOM content limit in
    Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart:
     
    i) The date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    ii) The results of each measurement taken in accordance with
    Section 219.410(b) of this Subpart;
     
    iii) Documentation of the periodic calibration of the meter in
    accordance with the manufacturer's specifications,
    including date and time of calibration, personnel
    conducting, identity of standard solution, and resultant
    reading; and
     

     
    186
    iv) Documentation of the periodic temperature adjustment of
    the meter, including date and time of adjustment, personnel
    conducting and results;
     
    C) If the VOM content of the fountain solution is determined pursuant
    to Section 219.410(b)(1)(A) of this Subpart, for each batch of as-
    applied fountain solution:
     
    i) Date and time of preparation and each subsequent
    modification of the batch;
     
    ii) Volume and VOM content of each component used in, or
    subsequently added to, the fountain solution batch;
     
    iii) Calculated VOM content of the as-applied fountain
    solution; and
     
    iv) Any other information necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the applicable VOM content limits in
    Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Subpart,
    as specified in the source's operating permit;
     
      
      
    D) If the VOM content of the fountain solution is determined pursuant
    to Section 219.410(b)(2) of this Subpart, for each setting:
     
    i) VOM content limit corresponding to each setting;
     
    ii) Date and time of initial setting and each subsequent setting;
     
    iii) Documentation of the periodic calibration of the automatic
    feed equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s
    specifications; and
     
    iv) Any other information necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with the applicable VOM content limits in
    Sections 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Subpart,
    as specified in the source’s operating permit.
     
    ED) If the owner or operator relies on the temperature of the fountain
    solution to comply with the requirements in Section
    219.407(a)(1)(A)(ii) or (a)(3)(B) of this Subpart:
     
    i) The temperature of the fountain solution at each printing
    line, as monitored in accordance with Section 219.410(a);
    and
     

     
    187
    ii) A maintenance log for the temperature monitoring devices
    and automatic, continuous temperature recorders detailing
    all routine and non-routine maintenance performed,
    including dates and duration of any outages;
     
    3) Notify the Agency in writing of any violation of Section 219.407 of this
    Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation. Such
    notification shall include a copy of all records of such violation; and
     
    4) If changing its method of demonstrating compliance with the applicable
    VOM content limitations in Section 219.407 of this Subpart, or changing
    the method of demonstrating compliance with the VOM content
    limitations for fountain solutions pursuant to Section 219.409 of this
    Subpart, certify compliance for such new method(s) in accordance with
    subsection (c)(1) of this Section within 30 days after making such change,
    and perform all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate that such
    printing line(s) will be in compliance with the applicable requirements of
    Section 219.407 of this Subpart.
     
    d) For lithographic printing line cleaning operations, an owner or operator of a
    lithographic printing line subject to the requirements of Section 219.407 of this
    Subpart shall:
     
    1) By March 15, 1996, and or upon initial start-up of a new lithographic
    printing line, certify to the Agency that all cleaning solutions, and the
    handling of cleaning materials, will be in compliance with the
    requirements of Section 219.407(a)(4)(A) or (a)(4)(B) and (a)(5) of this
    Subpart, and such certification shall also include:
     
    A) Identification of each VOM-containing cleaning solution used on
    each lithographic printing line;
     
    B) The limitation with which each VOM-containing cleaning solution
    will comply, i.e., the VOM content or vapor pressure;
     
    C) Initial documentation that each VOM-containing cleaning solution
    will comply with the applicable limitation, including copies of
    manufacturer's specifications, test results, if any, formulation data
    and calculations;
     
    D) Identification of the method that will be used to demonstrate
    continuing compliance with the applicable limitations;
     
    E) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to Section
    219.411(d)(2) of this Subpart; and
     

     
    188
    F) A description of the practices that assure that VOM-containing
    cleaning materials are kept in closed containers;
     
    2) On and after March 15, 1996, collect and record the following information
    for each cleaning solution used on each lithographic printing line:
     
    A) For each cleaning solution for which the owner or operator relies
    on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance with Section
    219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart and which is prepared at the
    source with automatic equipment:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
     
    ii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
    solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    219.409(c) of this Subpart;
     
    iii) Each change to the setting of the automatic equipment, with
    date, time, description of changes in the cleaning solution
    constituents (e.g., cleaning solvents), and a description of
    changes to the proportion of cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM);
     
    iv) The proportion of each cleaning solvent and water (or other
    non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning solution;
     
    v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
    supporting calculations; and
     
    vi) A calibration log for the automatic equipment, detailing
    periodic checks;
     
    B) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
    operator relies on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance
    with Section 219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart, and which is not
    prepared at the source with automatic equipment:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
     
    ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    iii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
    solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    219.409(c) of this Subpart;
     

     
    189
    iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent and water (or
    other non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning
    solution; and
     
    v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
    supporting calculations;
     
    C) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
    operator relies on the vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to
    demonstrate compliance with Section 219.407(a)(4)(B) of this
    Subpart:
     
    i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
     
    ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
    modification, of the batch;
     
    iii) The molecular weight, density, and VOM composite partial
    vapor pressure of each cleaning solvent, as determined in
    accordance with Section 219.409(e) of this Subpart;
     
    iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent used to prepare
    the as-used cleaning solution; and
     
    v) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each as-used
    cleaning solution, as determined in accordance with Section
    219.409(e) of this Subpart;
     
    D) The date, time and duration of scheduled inspections performed to
    confirm the proper use of closed containers to control VOM
    emissions, and any instances of improper use of closed containers,
    with descriptions of actual practice and corrective action taken, if
    any;
     
    3) On and after March 15, 1996, notify the Agency in writing of any
    violation of Section 219.407 of this Subpart within 30 days after the
    occurrence of such violation. Such notification shall include a copy of all
    records of such violation; and
     
    4) If changing its method of demonstrating compliance with the requirements
    of Section 219.407(a)(4) of this Subpart, or changing between automatic
    and manual methods of preparing cleaning solutions, certify compliance
    for such new method in accordance with subsection (d)(1) of this Section,
    within 30 days after making such change, and perform all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing line(s) will be in

     
    190
    compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 219.407(a)(4) of
    this Subpart.
     
    e) The owner or operator shall maintain all records required by this Section at the
    source for a minimum period of three years and shall make all records available to
    the Agency upon request.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART Z: DRY CLEANERS
     
    Section 219.601 Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners (Repealed)
     
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning operation which uses perchloroethylene shall:
     
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly designed and functioning carbon
    adsorption system or equally effective control device; and
     
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VOM from the dryer control device before
    dilution, or achieve a 90 percent average reduction before dilution; and
     
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking liquid VOM; and
     
    d)
    Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that the residue contains 25 kg (55
    lb) or less of volatile organic material per 100 kg (220 lb) of wet waste material;
    and
     
    e)
    Reduce the VOM from all solvent stills to 60 kg (132 lb) or less per 100 kg (220
    lb) of wet waste material; and
     
    f)
    Drain all filtration cartridges in the filter housing or other sealed container for at
    least 24 hours before discarding the cartridges; and
     
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment connected to an emission
    reduction system or in a manner that will eliminate emission of volatile organic
    material to the atmosphere.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.602 Exemptions (Repealed)
     
    The provisions of Section 219.601 are not applicable to perchloroethylene dry cleaning
    operations which are coin-operated or to dry cleaning operations consuming less than 30 gal per
    month (360 gal per year) of perchloroethylene.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective ________________)

     
    191
     
    Section 219.603 Leaks (Repealed)
     
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section 219.601(c) of this Part by a
    visual inspection of the following: hose connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door
    gaskets and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps; base tanks and storage containers;
    water separators; filter sludge recovery; distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    SUBPART HH: MOTOR VEHICLE REFINISHING
     
    Section 219.790 General Recordkeeping and Reporting (Repealed)
     
    On and after the compliance date specified in Section 219.791 of this Subpart, every owner or
    operator of a motor vehicle refinishing operation shall maintain the following records for the
    most recent consecutive 3 years. Such records shall be made available to the Agency
    immediately upon request:
     
    a)
    The name and manufacturer of each coating and surface preparation product used
    at the source each month;
     
    b)
    The volume of each category of coating, as set forth in Section 219.780 of this
    Subpart, purchased by the source each month;
     
    c)
    The coating mixing instructions, as stated on the container, in literature supplied
    with the coating, or otherwise specified by the manufacturer, for each coating
    purchased by the source each month;
     
    d)
    The VOM content, expressed as weight of VOM per volume of coating, minus
    water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of
    VOM, recorded on a monthly basis for:
     
    1)
    Each coating as purchased, if the coating is not mixed with any additives
    prior to application on the substrate; or
     
    2)
    Each coating after mixing according to manufacturer's instructions as
    collected pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section;
     
    e)
    The weighted average VOM content of the coating, as specified in Section
    219.780(d)(1), (d)(2) or (d)(3) of this Subpart, for each basecoat/clearcoat, and
    three or four stage coating system purchased by the source, recorded on a monthly
    basis;
     

     
    192
    f)
    The total monthly volume of all specialty coatings purchased and the percentage
    specialty coatings comprise in the aggregate of all coatings purchased by the
    source each month;
     
    g)
    The volume of each category of surface preparation material, as set forth in
    Section 219.786 of this Subpart, purchased by the source each month; and
     
    h)
    The VOM content, expressed as weight of VOM per volume of material,
    including water, of each surface preparation material purchased by the source,
    recorded on a monthly basis.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.792 Registration
     
    a) Every owner or operator of a motor vehicle refinishing operation shall register
    with the Agency on or before the date specified in Section 219.791 of this Subpart
    and re-register no later than 45 days following the end of each subsequent
    calendar year. The following information shall be included in this registration:
     
    1) The name and address of the source, and the name and telephone number
    of the person responsible for submitting the registration information;
     
    2) A description of all coating operations of motor vehicles, mobile
    equipment, or their parts or components, and all associated surface
    preparation operations at the source;
     
    3) A description of all coating applicators used at the source to comply with
    Section 219.784(a) of this Subpart, if applicable;
     
    4) A description of all cleanup operations at the source, including equipment
    used to comply with Section 219.784(b) of this Subpart, if applicable;
     
    5) A description of all work practices at the source used to comply with
    Section 219.787 of this Subpart;
     
    6) If a source claims to be exempt from the equipment requirements in
    Section 219.784 of this Subpart because it uses less than 20 gallons of
    coating per year, the owner's or operator's certification that the annual
    usage is below this level;
     
    7) A written declaration stating whether the source is complying with this
    Subpart by using coatings that comply with the applicable VOM content
    limits in Section 219.780 of this Subpart or by control equipment as
    specified in Section 219.782; and
     

     
    193
    8) A description of any control devices used to comply with Section 219.782
    of this Subpart and the date(s) the device was installed and became
    operational.
     
    b) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance to or from
    Sections 219.780 and 219.782, the owner or operator of a motor vehicle
    refinishing operation shall notify the Agency and certify that the source is in
    compliance with the applicable requirements for the new method of compliance.
     
    (Source: Amended at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    Section 219.Appendix B VOM Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency (Repealed)
     
    Procedure G.1 - Captured VOM Emissions
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the volatile organic materials
    (VOM) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture efficiency (CE) for
    surface coating and printing operations. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain site-
    specific situations, e.g., when: (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the quantity
    of VOM at the control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in the process
    and are present in the captured emissions.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM captured (G) is calculated as the sum of the products of the
    VOM content (CGj), the flow rate (QGj), and the sample time (TC) from each captured emissions
    point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    captured or fugitive emissions point as follows: QGj = 5.5 percent and CGj = +5.0 percent. Based
    on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G is estimated at about + 7.4 percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2. APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     

     
    194
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to mininize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the
    sample pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the flame
    ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If captured or fugitive emissions
    are to be measured at multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common
    sample gas manifold and FIA. The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be
    heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than + 3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than + 3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than + 5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized date
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.

     
    195
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to +1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than +2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane or
    carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3. DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are captured from the affected emission unit. Using
    Method 1, determine the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     
    4. DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     

     
    196
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each captured emissions point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple captured
    emission locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the
    VOM responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA according to the
    procedure in Section 5.1.
     
    4.2.2 Conduct a system check according to the procedure in Section 5.3.
     
    4.2.3 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and
    is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.4 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position.
     
    4.2.5 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.6 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120 +5
    °
    C.
     
    4.2.7 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple captured emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for
    the same amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for
    the entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the
    test run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the measurements at each sampling location until two times the response time
    of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute and record the
    concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Locate all NDO’s of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
     
    4.3.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3. NOTE: This sample train shall be a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured emissions.

     
    197
     
    4.3.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to 4.2.7.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5. CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate and
    pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct the system drift checks at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
     
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
    =
    area of NDO i, ft
    2
    ;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in the enclosure, ft
    2
    ;

     
    198
     
    Cbi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CGj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of captured emissions at point j,
    ppm propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
    =
    uncorrected average background VOM concentration measured at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    Cj
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    G
    =
    total VOM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    K1
    =
    1.830 X 10
    6
    kg/(m
    3
    )-ppm);
     
    n
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QGj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at
    captured emissions point j, m
    3
    /min;
     
    TC
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling run, min.
     
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Captured Emissions.
     
    n
    G =
    Σ
    (CGj - CB) QGj TC K1 Eq. 1
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Captured Emissions at point j.
     
    CGj =
    (Cj - CDO) CH Eq. 2
    CDH - CDO

     
    199
     
    7.3 Background VOM Concentration at point i.
     
    CBi =
    (Ci - CDO) CH Eq.3
    CDH - CDO
     
    7.4 Average Background Concentration.
     
    n
    Σ
    CBi Ai
    CB =
    i-1 Eq. 4
    nAN
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure G.2 - Captured VOM Emissions (Dilution Technique)
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the volatile organic materials
    (VOM) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of a gas/gas protocol in which fugitive emissions are measured for determining
    VOM capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. A dilution system is
    used to reduce the VOM concentration of the captured emission to about the same concentration
    as the fugitive emissions. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain site-specific situations,
    e.g., when: (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the quantity of VOM at the
    control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in the process and are
    present in the captured emissions.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM captured (G) is calculated as the sum of the products of the
    VOM content (CGj), the flow rate (QGj), and the sampling time (TC) from each captured
    emissions point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    captured or fugitive emissions point as follows: QGj = +5 percent and CGj= +5 percent. Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G is estimated at about +7.4 percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     

     
    200
    2. APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Dilution System. A Kipp in-stack dilution probe and controller or similar device may be
    used. The dilution rate may be changed by substituting different critical orifices or adjustments
    of the aspirator supply pressure. The dilution system shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation. Note: An out-of-stack dilution device may be used.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow control valve and rotameter
    must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the sample
    pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the flame
    ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If captured or fugitive emissions
    are to be measured at multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common
    sample gas manifold and FIA. The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be
    heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than +3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than +3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than +5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     

     
    201
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to +1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than +2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic
    material (as propane or carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever
    is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.9.4 Dilution Check Gas. Gas mixture standard containing propane in air, approximately half
    the span value after dilution.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3. DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS

     
    202
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are captured from the affected facility. Using Method 1,
    determine the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     
    4. DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each captured emissions point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are a multiple captured
    emissions locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the
    VOM responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA according to the
    procedure in Section 5.1.
     
    4.2.2 Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor according to the procedure in
    Section 5.3.
     
    4.2.3 Conduct a system check according to the procedure in Section 5.4.
     
    4.2.4 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and
    is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.5 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Measure the system response time as the
    time required for the system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has
    been returned to the effluent sampling position.
     
    4.2.6 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.4. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.7 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120 +5
    °
    C.
     
    4.2.8 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple captured emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for
    the same amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for
    the entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the
    test run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the measurements at each sampling location until two times the response time

     
    203
    of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute and record the
    concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Locate all NDO’s of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
     
    4.3.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.4.
     
    4.3.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to 4.2.8.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5. CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system after
    the dilution system and adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the
    flow rates specified by the manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases
    and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-
    range gases and record the responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity
    of the system are acceptable if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the
    respective gas values. If the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the
    system and repeat the linearity check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling
    the analysis system and after a major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the diluted captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the
    zero and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow
    rate and pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero
    and calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the
    drift check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span
    value. Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 Determination of Dilution Factor. Inject the dilution check gas into the measurement system
    before the dilution system and record the response. Calculate the dilution factor using Equation
    3.

     
    204
     
    5.4 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet to the sampling probe while
    the dilution air is turned off. Record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for
    the high range calibration gas. Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
     
    5.5 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
    =
    area of NDO i, ft
    2
    ;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure, ft
    2
    ;
     
    CA
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm propane;
     
    Cbi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
    =
    uncorrected average background VOCM concentration measured at point
    i, ppm propane;
     
    Cj
    =
    uncorrected average VOCM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    CM
    =
    measured concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm propane;
     
    DF
    =
    dilution factor;
     
    G
    =
    total VOCM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    Kl
    =
    1.830 10
    -6
    kg/(m
    3
    -ppm);
     
    n
    =
    number of measurement points;

     
    205
     
    QGj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at
    captured emissions point j, m
    3
    /min;
     
    TC
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, min.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Captured Emissions.
     
    n
    G =
    Σ
    CGj QGj TC Kl Eq. 1
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point j.
     
    CGj =
    DF (Cj - CDO) CH Eq.2
    CDH - CDO
     
    7.3 Dilution Factor.
     
    DF =
    CA Eq. 3
    CM
     
    7.4 Background VOM Concentration at Point i.
     
    CBi =
    (Ci - CDO) CH Eq. 4
    CDH - CDO
     
    7.5 Average Background Concentration.
     
    n
    Σ
    CBJAi Eq. 5
    CB =
    i=1
    nAN
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure F.2 - Fugitive VOM Emissions from Building Enclosures
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the fugitive volatile organic
    materials (VOM) emissions from a building enclosure (BE). It is intended to be used as a

     
    206
    segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture
    efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations.
     
    1.2 Principle. The total amount of fugitive VOM emissions (FB) from the BE is calculated as the
    sum of the products of the VOM content (CFj) of each fugitive emissions point, its flow rate
    (QFj), and time (TF).
     
    1.3 Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive
    emissions point as follows: QFj = +5.0 percent and CFj = +5.0 percent. Based on these numbers,
    the probable uncertainty for FB is estimated at about +11.2 percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2. APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the
    sample pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the flame
    ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold

     
    207
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If emissions are to be measured at
    multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than +3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than +3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than +5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to +1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than +2 percent from
    the certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (propane or carbon
    equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     

     
    208
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Flow Direction Indicators. Any means of indicating inward or outward flow, such as light
    plastic film or paper streamers, smoke tubes, filaments, and sensory perception.
     
    2.2.2 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate. Anemometers or
    similar devices calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions may be used when low
    velocities are present. Vane anemometers (Young-maximum response propeller), specialized
    pitots with electronic manometers (e.g., Shortridge Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860) are
    commercially available with measurement thresholds of 15 and 8 mpm (50 and 25 fpm),
    respectively.
     
    2.2.3 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.4 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    3. DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Preliminary Determinations. The purpose of this exercise is to determine which exhaust
    points should be measured for volumetric flow rates and VOM concentrations.
     
    3.1.1 Forced Draft Openings. Identify all forced draft openings. Determine the volumetric flow
    rate according to Method 2.
     
    3.1.2 NDO’s Exhaust points. The NDO’s in the roof of the building or room in which the
    emission unit is located are considered to be exhaust points. Determine volumetric flow rate
    from these NDO’s. Divide the cross-sectional area according to Method 1 using 12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate velocity measurement devices, e.g., propeller anemometers.
     
    3.1.3 Other NDO’s.
     
    3.1.3.1 This step is optional. Determine the exhaust flow rate, including that of the control
    device, from the enclosure and the intake air flow rate. If the exhaust flow rate divided by the
    intake air flow rate is greater than 1.1, then all other NDO’s are not considered to be significant
    exhaust points.
     
    3.1.3.2 If the option above is not taken, identify all other NDO's and other potential points
    through which fugitive emissions may escape the enclosure.
     
    Then use the following criteria to determine whether flow rates and VOM concentrations need to
    be measured:

     
    209
     
    3.1.3.2.1 Using the appropriate flow direction indicator, determine the flow direction. An NDO
    with zero or inward flow is not an exhaust point.
     
    3.1.3.2.2 Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the remainder of the NDO’s. If the
    collective flow rate is 2 percent, or less, of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2, then these
    NDO’s, except those within two equivalent diameters (based on NDO opening) from a VOM
    emitting point, may be considered to be non-exhaust points.
     
    3.1.3.2.3 If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2 is greater than 2 percent, those NDO’s
    (except those within two equivalent diameters from a VOM emitting point) whose volumetric
    flow rate total 2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 may be considered as non-
    exhaust points. All remaining NDO’s shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOM
    concentrations during the CE test.
     
    3.1.3.2.4 The tester may choose to measure VOM concentrations at the forced exhaust points and
    the NDO’s. If the total VOM emissions from the NDO’s are less than 2 percent of the emissions
    from the forced draft and roof NDO’s, then these NDO’s may be eliminated from further
    consideration.
     
    3.2 Determination of Flow Rates.
     
    3.2.1 Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations identified as exhaust points in Section 3.1.
    Divide each exhaust opening into 9 equal areas for rectangular openings and 8 for circular
    openings.
     
    3.2.2 Measure the velocity at each site at least once every hour during each sampling run using
    Method 2 or 2A, if applicable, or using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
     
    4. DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each fugitive emission point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple emissions
    locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOM
    responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
     
    4.2.2 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and
    is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.
     
    4.2.3 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the

     
    210
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position.
     
    4.2.4 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run according
    to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform drift checks
    during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.5 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120 +5
    °
    C.
     
    4.2.6 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same
    amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for the
    entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the response measurements at each sampling location until two times the
    response time of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute
    and record the concentration measurements.
     
    4.3 Alternative Procedure The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5. CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas that most closely approximates the
    concentration of the captured emissions for conducting the drift checks. Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate and
    pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
     

     
    211
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before each test run.
     
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CFj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of fugitive emissions at point j,
    ppm propane;
     
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Cj
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    FB
    =
    total VOM content of fugitive emissions from the building, kg;
     
    Kl
    =
    1.830 x 10
    -6
    kg/(m
    3
    -ppm);
     
    n
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QFj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at
    fugitive emissions point j, m
    3
    /min;
     
    TF
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, min.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
     
    n
    FB =
    Σ
    CFj QFj TF K1 Eq. 1
    j=1
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point j.
     

     
    212
    CFj =
    Cj - CDO) CH Eq. 2
    CDH - CDO
     
    Procedure F.1 - Fugitive VOM Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the fugitive volatile organic
    materials (VOM) emissions from a temporary total enclosure (TTE). It is intended to be used as
    a segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOM capture
    efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of fugitive VOM emissions (F) from the TTE is calculated as the sum
    of the products of the VOM content (CFj), the flow rate (QFj), and the sampling time (TF) from
    each fugitive emissions point.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    fugitive emission point as follows: QFj) = +5.5 percent and CFj = +5.0 percent. Based on these
    numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at about +7.4 percent.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2. APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Gas VOM Concentration. A schematic of the measurement system is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described below:
     
    2.1.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, or equivalent. The probe shall be heated to prevent VOM
    condensation.
     
    2.1.2 Calibration Valve Assembly. Three-way valve assembly at the outlet of sample probe to
    direct the zero and calibration gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick-connect lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample probe are acceptable.
     
    2.1.3 Sample Line. Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.4 Sample Pump. A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas through the system at a flow rate
    sufficient to minimize the response time of the measurement system. The components of the

     
    213
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. The sample
    pump must be heated to prevent condensation.
     
    2.1.5 Sample Flow Rate Control. A sample flow rate control valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant sampling rate within 10 percent. The flow control valve and rotameter
    must be heated to prevent condensation. A control valve may also be located on the sample
    pump bypass loop to assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
     
    2.1.6 Sample Gas Manifold. Capable of diverting a portion of the sample gas stream to the flame
    ionization analyzer (FIA), and the remainder to the bypass discharge vent. The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon. If emissions are to be measured at
    multiple locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
     
    2.1.7 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however, other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.1.7.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    ±
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    ±
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.1.7.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    ±
    5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.1.7.4 Response Time. Less than 30 seconds.
     
    2.1.8 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.1.9 Calibration and Other Gases. Gases used for calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if
    required) are contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    ±
    1 percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not change more than
    ±
    2 percent from
    thecertified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.1.9.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.

     
    214
     
    2.1.9.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane or
    carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     
    2.1.9.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards with
    nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.1.10 Particulate Filter. An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust gas particulate loading is significant. An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
     
    2.2 Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
     
    2.2.1 Method 2 or 2A Apparatus. For determining volumetric flow rate.
     
    2.2.2 Method 3 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
     
    2.2.3 Method 4 Apparatus and Reagents. For determining moisture content, if necessary.
     
    2.3 Temporary Total Enclosure. The criteria for designing a TTE are discussed in Procedure T.
     
    3. DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    3.1 Locate all points where emissions are exhausted from the TTE. Using Method 1, determine
    the sampling points. Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
     
    3.2 Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once every hour during each sampling run
    using Method 2 or 2A.
     
    4. DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
     
    4.1 Analysis Duration. Measure the VOM responses at each fugitive emission point during the
    entire test run or, if applicable, while the process is operating. If there are multiple emission
    locations, design a sampling system to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOCM
    responses at all sampling locations.
     
    4.2 Gas VOM Concentration.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
     
    4.2.2 Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and
    is sealed tightly at the stack port connection.

     
    215
     
    4.2.3 Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly. Allow the measurement system response
    to reach zero. Measure the system response time as the time required for the system to reach the
    effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been returned to the effluent sampling
    position. 4.2.4 Conduct a system check before and a system drift check after each sampling run
    according to the procedures in Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid. The tester may elect to perform system drift
    checks during the run not to exceed one drift check per hour.
     
    4.2.5 Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump temperatures are 120
    ±
    5
    °
    C.
     
    4.2.6 Begin sampling at the start of the test period and continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting and ending times and any required process information as appropriate. If
    multiple emission locations are sampled using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same
    amount of time (e.g., 2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to another for the
    entire test run. Be sure that total sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run. Collect at least 4 separate measurements from each sample point during each hour of
    testing. Disregard the response measurements at each sampling location until two times the
    response time of the measurement system has elapsed. Continue sampling for at least 1 minute
    and record the concentration measurements
     
    4.3 Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1 Determination of VOM Background Concentration.
     
    4.3.1.1 Locate all NDO’s of the TTE. A sampling point shall be centrally located outside of the
    TTE at 4 equivalent diameters from each NDO, if possible. If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
     
    4.3.1.2 Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2. Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system
    check according to the procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
     
    4.3.1.3 Position the probe at the sampling location.
     
    4.3.1.4 Determine the response time, conduct the system check and sample according to the
    procedures described in Sections 4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
     
    4.4 Alternative Procedure. The direct interface sampling and analysis procedure described in
    Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be used to determine the gas VOM concentration. The system
    must be designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10 minutes.
     
    5. CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and

     
    216
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. Select the calibration gas concentration that most closely
    approximates that of the fugitive gas emissions to conduct the drift checks. Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that the appropriate gas flow rate
    and pressure are present at the FIA. Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases. The performance of the system is acceptable if the difference between the drift
    check measurement and the value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
     
    5.3 System Check. Inject the high range calibration gas at the inlet of the sampling probe and
    record the response. The performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration
    gas. Conduct a system check before each test run.
     
    5.4 Analysis Audit. Immediately before each test analyze an audit cylinder as described in
    Section 5.2. The analysis audit must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    Ai
    =
    area of NDO i, ft
    2
    ;
     
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO's in the enclosure, ft
    2
    ;
     
    Cbi
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of background emissions at point i,
    ppm propane;
     
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane;
     
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check calibration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero concentration gas, ppm
    propane;
     
    CFj
    =
    corrected average VOM concentration of fugitive emissions at point j,
    ppm propane;
     

     
    217
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    Ci
    =
    uncorrected average background VOM concentration at point i, ppm
    propane;
     
    Cj
    =
    uncorrected average VOM concentration measured at point j, ppm
    propane;
     
    G
    =
    total VOM content of captured emissions, kg;
     
    Kl
    =
    1.830 X 10
    -6
    kg/(m
    3
    -ppm);
     
    n
    =
    number of measurement points;
     
    QFj
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to standard conditions at
    fugitive emissions point j, m
    3
    /min;
     
    TF
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run, min.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Fugitive Emissions.
     
     
     
    n
    F =
    Σ
    (CFj - CB) QFj TF Kl Eq. 1
    j=l
     
    7.2 VOM Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point j.
     
     
    CFj =
    (Cj - CDO) CH Eq. 2
    CDH - CDO
     
    7.3 Background VOM Concentration at Point i.
     
    CBi =
    (Ci - CDO) CH Eq. 3
    CDH - CDO
     
    7.4 Average Background Concentration.
     
     
    n
    Σ
    CBi Ai Eq. 5
    CB =
    i=1

     
    218
    nAN
     
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of the average concentration of all
    points, the terms "Ai" and "AN" may be deleted from Equation 4.
     
    Procedure L - VOM Input
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is applicable for determining the input of volatile organic
    materials (VOM). It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas
    protocols for determining VOM capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing
    operations.
     
    1.2 Principle. The amount of VOM introduced to the process (L) is the sum of the products of
    the weight (W) of each VOM containing liquid (ink, paint, solvent, etc.) used and its VOM
    content (V). A sample of each VOM containing liquid is analyzed with a flame ionization
    analyzer (FIA) to determine V.
     
    1.3 Estimated Measurement Uncertainty. The measurement uncertainties are estimated for each
    VOM containing liquid as follows: W =
    ±
    2.0 percent and V =
    ±
    -12.0 percent. Based on these
    numbers, the probable uncertainty for L is estimated at about
    ±
    12.2 percent for each VOM
    containing liquid.
     
    1.4 Sampling Requirements. A capture efficiency test shall consist of at least three sampling
    runs. The sampling time for each run should be at least 8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
     
    1.5 Notes. Because this procedure is often applied in highly explosive areas, caution and care
    should be exercised in choosing appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute endorsement. All gas
    concentrations (percent, ppm) are by volume, unless otherwise noted.
     
    2. APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
     
    2.1 Liquid Weight.
     
    2.1.1 Balances/Digital Scales. To weigh drums of VOM containing liquids to within 0.2 lb.
     
    2.1.2 Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative). Volume meters, flow meters, density
    measurement equipment, etc., as needed to achieve same accuracy as direct weight
    measurements.
     
    2.2 VOM Content (Flame Ionization Analyzer Technique). The liquid sample analysis system is
    shown in Figures 1 and 2. The following equipment is required:
     

     
    219
    2.2.1 Sample Collection Can. An appropriately sized metal can to be used to collect VOM
    containing materials. The can must be constructed in such a way that it can be grounded to the
    coating container.
     
    2.2.2 Needle Valves. To control gas flow.
     
    2.2.3 Regulators. For carrier gas and calibration gas cylinders.
     
    2.2.4 Tubing. Teflon or stainless steel tubing with diameters and lengths determined by
    connection requirements of equipment. The tubing between the sample oven outlet and the FIA
    shall be heated to maintain a temperature of 120
    ±
    5
    °
    C.
     
    2.2.5 Atmospheric Vent. A tee and 0- to 0.5-liter/min rotameter placed in the sampling line
    between the carrier gas cylinder and the VOM sample vessel to release the excess carrier gas. A
    toggle valve placed between the tee and the rotameter facilitates leak tests of the analysis system.
     
    2.2.6 Thermometer. Capable of measuring the temperature of the hot water bath to within 1
    °
    C.
     
    2.2.7 Sample Oven. Heated enclosure, containing calibration gas coil heaters, critical orifice,
    aspirator, and other liquid sample analysis components, capable of maintaining a temperature of
    120
    ±
    5
    °
    C.
     
    2.2.8 Gas Coil Heaters. Sufficient lengths of stainless steel or Teflon tubing to allow zero and
    calibration gases to be heated to the sample oven temperature before entering the critical orifice
    or aspirator.
     
    2.2.9 Water Bath. Capable of heating and maintaining a sample vessel temperature of 100
    ±
    5
    °
    C.
     
    2.2.10 Analytical Balance. To measure
    ±
    0.001 g.
     
    2.2.11 Disposable Syringes. 2-cc or 5-cc.
     
    2.2.12 Sample Vessel. Glass, 40-ml septum vial. A separate vessel is needed for each sample.
     
    2.2.13 Rubber Stopper. Two-hole stopper to accommodate 3.2-mm (1/8-in) Teflon tubing,
    appropriately sized to fit the opening of the sample vessel. The rubber stopper should be
    wrapped in Teflon tape to provide a tighter seal and to prevent any reaction of the sample with
    the rubber stopper. Alternatively, any leak-free closure fabricated of non-reactive materials and
    accommodating the necessary tubing fittings may be used.
     
    2.2.14 Critical Orifices. Calibrated critical orifices capable of providing constant flow rates from
    50 to 250 ml/min at known pressure drops. Sapphire orifice assemblies (available from O'Keefe
    Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been found to be adequate for this
    application.
     
    2.2.15 Vacuum Gauge. 0- to 760-mm (0- to 30-in) Hg U-Tube manometer or vacuum gauge.

     
    220
     
    2.2.16 Pressure Gauge. Bourdon gauge capable of measuring the maximum air pressure at the
    aspirator inlet (e.g., 100 psig).
     
    2.2.17 Aspirator. A device capable of generating sufficient vacuum at the sample vessel to
    create critical flow through the calibrated orifice when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator inlet. The aspirator must also provide sufficient sample pressure to operate the FIA.
    The sample is also mixed with the dilution gas within the aspirator.
     
    2.2.18 Soap Bubble Meter. Of an appropriate size to calibrate the critical orifices in the system.
     
    2.2.19 Organic Concentration Analyzer. An FIA with a span value of 1.5 times the expected
    concentration as propane; however other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that
    they would provide more accurate measurements. The system shall be capable of meeting or
    exceeding the following specifications:
     
    2.2.19.1 Zero Drift. Less than
    ±
    3.0 percent of the span value.
     
    2.2.19.2 Calibration Drift. Less than
    ±
    3.0 percent of span value.
     
    2.2.19.3 Calibration Error. Less than
    ±
    5.0 percent of the calibration gas value.
     
    2.2.20 Integrator/Data Acquisition System. An analog or digital device or computerized data
    acquisition system used to integrate the FIA response or compute the average response and
    record measurement data. The minimum data sampling frequency for computing average or
    integrated values is one measurement value every 5 seconds. The device shall be capable of
    recording average values at least once per minute.
     
    2.2.21 Chart Recorder (Optional). A chart recorder or similar device is recommended to provide
    a continuous analog display of the measurement results during the liquid sample analysis.
     
    2.2.22 Calibration and Other Gases. For calibration, fuel, and combustion air (if required)
    contained in compressed gas cylinders. All calibration gases shall be traceable to NIST
    standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to
    ±
    1 percent of the tag value. Additionally,
    the manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf-life for each calibration
    gas cylinder over which the concentration does nor change more than
    ±
    2 percent from the
    certified value. For calibration gas values not generally available, alternative methods for
    preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior approval.
     
    2.2.22.1 Fuel. A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is
    recommended to avoid an oxygen synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen
    concentration varies significantly from a mean value.
     
    2.2.22.2 Carrier Gas. High purity air with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane) or
    less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
     

     
    221
    2.2.22.3 FIA Linearity Calibration Gases. Low-, mid-, and high-range gas mixture standards
    with nominal propane concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span value in air,
    respectively. Other calibration values and other span values may be used if it can be shown that
    more accurate measurements would be achieved.
     
    2.2.22.4 System Calibration Gas. Gas mixture standard containing propane in air, approximating
    the undiluted VOM concentration expected for the liquid samples.
     
    3. DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
     
    3.1 Weight Difference. Determine the amount of material introduced to the process as the
    weight difference of the feed material before and after each sampling run. In determining the
    total VOM containing liquid usage, account for: (a) the initial (beginning) VOM containing
    liquid mixture; (b) any solvent added during the test run; (c) any coating added during the test
    run; and (d) any residual VOM containing liquid mixture remaining at the end of the sample run.
     
    3.1.1 Identify all points where VOM containing liquids are introduced to the process. To obtain
    an accurate measurement of VOM containing liquids, start with an empty fountain (if
    applicable). After completing the run, drain the liquid in the fountain back into the liquid drum
    (if possible), and weigh the drum again. Weigh the VOM containing liquids to
    ±
    0.5 percent of
    the total weight (full) or
    ±
    -0.1 percent of the total weight of VOM containing liquid used during
    the sample run, whichever is less. If the residual liquid cannot be returned to the drum, drain the
    fountain into a preweighed empty drum to determine the final weight of the liquid.
     
    3.1.2 If it is not possible to measure a single representative mixture, then weigh the various
    components separately (e.g., if solvent is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture). If a fresh drum of VOM containing liquid is needed during the
    run, then weigh both the empty drum and fresh drum.
     
    3.2 Volume Measurement (Alternative). If direct weight measurements are not feasible, the
    tester may use volume meters and flow rate meters (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the technique produces results equivalent to
    the direct weight measurements. If a single representative mixture cannot be measured, measure
    the components separately.
     
    4. DETERMINATION OF VOM CONTENT IN INPUT LIQUIDS
     
    4.1 Collection of Liquid Samples.
     
    4.1.1 Collect a 100-ml or larger sample of the VOM containing liquid mixture at each
    application location at the beginning and end of each test run. A separate sample should be taken
    of each VOM containing liquid added to the application mixture during the test run. If a fresh
    drum is needed during the sampling run, then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
     
    4.1.2 When collecting the sample, ground the sample container to the coating drum. Fill the
    sample container as close to the rim as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.

     
    222
     
    4.1.3 After the sample is collected, seal the container so the sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
     
    4.1.4 Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
     
    4.2 Liquid Sample VOM Content.
     
    4.2.1 Assemble the liquid VOM content analysis system as shown in Figure 1.
     
    4.2.2 Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that may be used. Calibrate each critical
    orifice under the expected operating conditions (i.e., sample vacuum and temperature) against a
    volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
     
    4.2.3 Label and tare the sample vessels (including the stoppers and caps) and the syringes.
     
    4.2.4 Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of the system. Close the carrier gas
    valve and atmospheric vent and evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm (10 in.) Hg absolute or
    less using the aspirator. Close the toggle valve at the inlet to the aspirator and observe the
    vacuum for at least one minute. If there is any change in the sample pressure, release the
    vacuum, adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak test.
     
    4.2.5 Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks according to the procedure in Section
    5.1. Record the responses to each of the calibration gases and the back-pressure setting of the
    FIA.
     
    4.2.6 Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the aspirator air
    supply or substituting critical orifices. Operate the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25 mm (1
    in.) Hg greater than the vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow. Select the dilution ratio so
    that the maximum response of the FIA to the sample does not exceed the high-range calibration
    gas.
     
    4.2.7 Perform system calibration checks at two levels by introducing compressed gases at the
    inlet to the sample vessel while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating. Perform these
    checks using the carrier gas (zero concentration) and the system calibration gas. If the response
    to the carrier gas exceeds
    ±
    0.5 percent of span, clean or repair the apparatus and repeat the
    check. Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to achieve the correct response to the upscale
    check, but do not adjust the analyzer calibration. Record the identification of the orifice,
    aspirator air supply pressure, FIA back-pressure, and the responses of the FIA to the carrier and
    system calibration gases.
     
    4.2.8 After completing the above checks, inject the system calibration gas for approximately 10
    minutes. Time the exact duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch. Determine the area
    under the FIA response curve and calculate the system response factor based on the sample gas
    flow rate, gas concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to the integrated
    response using Equations 2 and 3.
     

     
    223
    4.2.9 Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures are 120
    ±
    5
    °
    C and that the water
    bath temperature is 100
    ±
    5
    °
    C.
     
    4.2.10 Fill a tared syringe with approximately 1 g of the VOM containing liquid and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared sample vessel. Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the amount of sample actually
    received. Also, as a quality control check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered. The two coating sample weights should agree within
    ±
    0.02 g. If not, repeat
    the procedure until an acceptable sample is obtained.
     
    4.2.11 Connect the vessel to the analysis system. Adjust the aspirator supply pressure to the
    correct value. Open the valve on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent. As soon as the initial response of the FIA
    begins to decrease, immerse the sample vessel in the water bath. (Applying heat to the sample
    vessel too soon may cause the FID response to exceed the calibrated range of the instrument, and
    thus invalidate the analysis.)
     
    4.2.12 Continuously measure and record the response of the FIA until all of the volatile material
    has been evaporated from the sample and the instrument response has returned to the baseline
    (i.e., response less than 0.5 percent of the span value). Observe the aspirator supply pressure,
    FIA back-pressure, atmospheric vent, and other system operating parameters during the run;
    repeat the analysis procedure if any of these parameters deviate from the values established
    during the system calibration checks in Section 4.2.7. After each sample perform the drift check
    described in Section 5.2. If the drift check results are acceptable, calculate the VOM content of
    the sample using the equations in Section 7. Integrate the area under the FIA response curve, or
    determine the average concentration response and the duration of sample analysis.
     
    5. CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    5.1 FIA Calibration and Linearity Check. Make necessary adjustments to the air and fuel
    supplies for the FIA and ignite the burner. Allow the FIA to warm up for the period
    recommended by the manufacturer. Inject a calibration gas into the measurement system and
    adjust the back-pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer. Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer
    calibration to provide the proper responses. Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system. The calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values. If the
    performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check. Conduct a calibration and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and after a
    major change is made to the system.
     
    5.2 Systems Drift Checks. After each sample, repeat the system calibration checks in Section
    4.2.7 before any adjustments to the FIA or measurement system are made. If the zero or
    calibration drift exceeds
    ±
    3 percent of the span value, discard the result and repeat the analysis.
     
    5.3 Critical Orifice Calibration.

     
    224
     
    5.3.1 Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific operating conditions that it will be
    used. Therefore, assemble all components of the liquid sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure 3. A stopwatch is also required.
     
    5.3.2 Turn on the sample oven, sample line, and water bath heaters and allow the system to reach
    the proper operating temperature. Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm (15 in.) Hg
    vacuum. Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move a known distance and record
    barometric pressure.
     
    5.3.3 Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm (16 in.) Hg and at 25 mm (1-in.)
    Hg intervals until three consecutive determinations provide the same flow rate. Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in ml/min at standard conditions. Record the vacuum necessary
    to achieve critical flow.
     
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
     
    AL
    =
    area under the response curve of the liquid sample, area count;
     
    AS
    =
    area under the response curve of the calibration gas, area count;
     
    CS
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm propane;
     
    K
    =
    1.830 X 10
    -9
    g/(ml-ppm);
     
    L
    =
    total VOM content of liquid input, kg;
     
    ML
    =
    mass of liquid sample delivered to the sample vessel, g;
     
    q
    =
    flow rate through critical orifice, ml/min;
     
    RF
    =
    liquid analysis system response factor, g/area count;
     
    TS
    =
    total gas injection time for system calibration gas during integrator
    calibration, min;
     
    VFj
    =
    final VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j;
     
    Vij
    =
    initial VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j;
     
    Vaj
    =
    VOM fraction of VOM containing liquid j added during the run;
     
    V
    =
    VOM fraction of liquid sample;
     
    WFj
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j remaining at end of the run, kg;
     

     
    225
    Wij
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j at beginning of the run, kg;
     
    Waj
    =
    weight of VOM containing liquid j added during the run, kg.
     
    7. CALCULATIONS
     
    7.1 Total VOM Content of the Input VOM Containing Liquid.
     
    n n n
    L =
    Σ
    VIj WIj = VFj WFj +
    Σ
    VAj WAj R Eq.1
    j=1 j=1 j=1
     
    7.2 Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems Using Integrators, Grams/Area
    Counts.
     
    RF =
    CS q TS K Eq. 2
    AS
     
    7.3 VOM Content of the Liquid Sample.
     
    V =
    AL RF Eq. 3
    ML
     
    Procedure T - Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure
     
    1. INTRODUCTION
     
    1.1 Applicability. This procedure is used to determine whether a permanent or temporary
    enclosure meets the criteria of a total enclosure.
     
    1.2 Principle. An enclosure is evaluated against a set of criteria. If the criteria are met and if all
    the exhaust gases are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic materials (VOM)
    capture efficiency (CE) is assumed to be 100 percent and CE need not be measured. However, if
    part of the exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device, CE must be determined.
     
    2. DEFINITIONS
     
    2.1 Natural Draft Opening (NDO) -- Any permanent opening in the enclosure that remains open
    during operation of the emission unit and is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed.
     
    2.2 Permanent Total Enclosure (PTE) -- A permanently installed enclosure that completely
    surrounds an emission unit such that all VOM emissions are captured and contained for
    discharge through a control device.
     

     
    226
    2.3 Temporary Total Enclosure (TTE) -- A temporarily installed enclosure that completely
    surrounds an emission unit such that all VOM emissions are captured and contained for
    discharge through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOM rates.
     
    3. CRITERIA OF A TEMPORARY TOTAL ENCLOSURE
     
    3.1 Any NDO shall be at least 4 equivalent opening diameters from each VOM emitting point.
     
    3.2 Any exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least 4 equivalent duct or hood diameters
    from each NDO.
     
    3.3 The total area of all NDO’s shall not exceed 5 percent of the surface area of the enclosure's
    four walls, floor, and ceiling.
     
    3.4 The average facial velocity (FV) of air through all NDO’s shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200
    fpm). The direction of air through all NDO’s shall be into the enclosure.
     
    3.5 All access doors and windows whose areas are not included in Section 3.3 and are not
    included in the calculation in Section 3.4 shall be closed during routine operation of the emission
    unit.
     
    4. CRITERIA OF A PERMANENT TOTAL ENCLOSURE
     
    4.1 Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3 - 3.5.
     
    4.2 All VOM emissions must be captured and contained for discharge through a control device.
     
    5. PROCEDURE
     
    5.1 Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO’s and determine the distances from each
    VOM emitting point to all NDO’s. Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO’s. Calculate the distances in terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent diameters shall be at least 4.
     
    5.2 Measure the total area (At) of the enclosure and the total area (AN) of all NDO's of the
    enclosure. Calculate the NDO to enclosure area ratio (NEAR) as follows:
     
    NEAR = AN/At
     
    The NEAR must be
    <
    0.05.
     
    5.3 Measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard conditions, of each gas stream
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or hood using EPA Method 2. In some cases (e.g.,
    when the building is the enclosure), it may be necessary to measure the volumetric flow rate,
    corrected to standard conditions, of each gas stream entering the enclosure through a forced
    makeup air duct using Method 2. Calculate FV using the following equation:

     
    227
     
    FV = [QO - QI]/AN
     
    where:
     
    QO =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams exiting the enclosure
    through an exhaust duct or hood
     
    QI =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams into the enclosure
    through a forced makeup air duct; zero, if there is no forced makeup air
    into the enclosure.
     
    AN =
    total area of all NDO’s in enclosure.
     
    The FV shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200 fpm).
     
    5.4 Verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO’s is inward. Use streamers, smoke
    tubes, tracer gases, etc. Strips of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective. Monitor
    the direction of air flow at intervals of at least 10 minutes for at least 1 hour.
     
    6. QUALITY ASSURANCE
     
    6.1 The success of this protocol lies in designing the TTE to simulate the conditions that exist
    without the TTE, i.e., the effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    emission unit or the amount of fugitive VOM emissions should be minimal. The TTE must
    enclose the application stations, coating reservoirs, and all areas from the application station to
    the oven. The oven does not have to be enclosed if it is under negative pressure. The NDO’s of
    the temporary enclosure and a fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
     
    6.2. Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best simulates the conditions that exist without
    the TTE, i.e., the effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected emission unit
    or the amount of fugitive VOM emissions should be minimal. Figure 1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the concentration (CG) and flow rate (QG) of the captured gas stream, specify a safe
    concentration (CF) for the fugitive gas stream, estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure 1
    to determine the volumetric flowrate of the fugitive gas stream (QF). A fugitive VOM emission
    exhaust fan that has a variable flow control is desirable.
     
    6.2.1 Monitor the concentration of VOM into the capture device without the TTE. To minimize
    the effect of temporal variation on the captured emissions, the baseline measurement should be
    made over as long a time period as practical. However, the process conditions must be the same
    for the measurement in Section 6.2.3 as they are for this baseline measurement. This may
    require short measuring times for this quality control check before and after the construction of
    the TTE.
     
    6.2.2 After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOM concentration inside the TTE. This
    concentration shall not continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according to

     
    228
    OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits. An increase in VOM concentration
    indicates poor TTE design or poor capture efficiency.
     
    6.2.3 Monitor the concentration of VOM into the capture device with the TTE. To limit the
    effect of the TTE on the process, the VOM concentration with and without the TTE must be
    within
    ±
    10 percent. If the measurements do not agree, adjust the ventilation rate from the TTE
    until they agree within 10 percent.
     
    (Source: Repealed at _ Ill. Reg. _, effective _)
     
    IT IS SO ORDERED.
     
    Section 41(a) of the Environmental Protection Act provides that final Board orders may
    be appealed directly to the Illinois Appellate Court within 35 days after the Board serves the
    order. 415 ILCS 5/41(a) (2004);
    see also
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 101.300(d)(2), 101.906, 102.706.
    Illinois Supreme Court Rule 335 establishes filing requirements that apply when the Illinois
    Appellate Court, by statute, directly reviews administrative orders. 172 Ill. 2d R. 335. The
    Board’s procedural rules provide that motions for the Board to reconsider or modify its final
    orders may be filed with the Board within 35 days after the order is received. 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    101.520;
    see also
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 101.902, 102.700, 102.702.
     
    I, Dorothy M. Gunn, Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control Board, certify that the Board
    adopted the above opinion and order on May 4, 2006, by a vote of 4-0.
     
    Dorothy M. Gunn, Clerk
    Illinois Pollution Control Board
     

    Back to top